You are currently browsing the Guest Authors category

How I Spent My Summer Vacation, Part Two

  • Posted on November 4, 2026 at 4:20 pm

 

(In Part One, our unnamed fourteen-year-old heroine ends up having sex with her little sister Beth (10), and Beth’s friends Annie (9) and Dani (10). Dani is the younger sister of the protagonist’s best friend (and secret crush), Rose — who, as it turns out, has also enjoyed sex with the three girls. Our leading lady and Rose get into a long, stimulating discussion about their experience with other girls, a discussion that continues below.)

***

By Purple Les, with Cariad & JetBoy

After her band camp experiences, my best friend Rose knew she liked girls, but was afraid to tell anyone, or even address the subject of lesbianism. She even kept it a secret from me, and we’d been close since third grade.

A few weeks after she got home, Rose’s dad offered to repaint her bedroom in the color of her choice, something she’d been wanting for years. There was one catch, though. While her father tackled the job, she had to share her little sister’s bedroom. Dani was eight then.

Rose told me how she’d have to wait till way late at night to masturbate in the cot her dad set up for her in Dani’s room. It was frustrating, but she didn’t want to risk getting caught in the act. “I figured that even if my sister didn’t snitch on me, she’d ask a bunch of embarrassing questions.”

Rose assumed Dani was too young to know anything about giving herself pleasure, yet she sometimes wondered about some of the oddly suggestive things Dani would say. “Almost as if my little sister was flirting with me,” she said. “But I decided that couldn’t be right. She was only eight, y’know?”

For one thing, Dani kept paying Rose compliments on her appearance, telling her how “hot,” or “sexy,” she looked when she wore shorts, a snug t-shirt or a cute dress. She had also become a lot more casual about dressing and undressing in her big sister’s presence, even hanging out completely nude at times. One day, Dani looked at her with sparkling eyes and said, “Hey, Rose… you don’t need to get changed in the bathroom when I’m here, y’know. We’ve both got the same parts, after all. Heck, if you want to walk around totally naked, that’s fine with me.”

That actually did make sense to Rose. “Mind you, I didn’t just start walking around totally naked,” Rose told me, “but yeah, I stopped using the bathroom to get undressed.”

One hot afternoon, Rose and Dani spent a while outside, cooling themselves by romping around the sprinkler in the backyard. Once they’d had enough, the girls went up to Dani’s room together to change out of their damp swimsuits. Rose took off the bikini she wore, which left her nude. Dani was openly staring at her big sister.

“By then, she’d seen me in my underwear a few times, and she sometimes got a peek at me after I took my shower,” Rose told me, “but this was the first time she got a good look at me completely naked… and boy, was it ever obvious that she liked what she saw! And you know what? It really turned me on, being naked in front of Dani. Oh, I knew I shouldn’t be thinking that way about my little sister, but she is awfully cute… and God knows, I’d been thinking about cute girls a whole heck of a lot!”

Dani was wearing a two-piece swimsuit that was tied on, and their dancing by the sprinkler had left the ties damp and knotted. Dani fumbled with hers, then gave Rose a pleading look. “Can you help me with this?” she said.

“Turns out she did the knots extra tight on purpose,” Rose said. “Can you believe it? That scheming brat wanted me to take her swimsuit off.“

Rose managed to undo the top, then got to work on the bottoms. It was a struggle, but eventually she had the ties loosened. She pulled the damp material down to Dani’s ankles.

“I was on my knees, staring right at her bare pussy. Oh, God, she was beautiful. I mean, all of her was, but especially her pussy. I wanted her so much right then. My own sister.” She shook her head, lost in the memory.

“What happened then?” I asked her.

Rousing herself, Rose got back into the story. “Get this… Dani noticed where I was looking, and all I could think was, Oh God, she caught me checking her out! I figured maybe she was gonna yell at me to stop perving on her, maybe even tell Mom I was being a weirdo… but instead, she put a hand on either side of her pussy – like she was putting it on display, y’know? And then she said, ‘Do you think I’m pretty down here’?”

I felt lightheaded, just picturing it. By then, my panties were a swamp. I ached to take Rose in my arms and kiss her, but I wasn’t about to make a move until she got through the rest of the story. “She really said that, huh?”

“She most certainly did,” Rose replied, “and I told her, ‘You’re incredibly beautiful down there, Dani’. She gave me this huge smile and said, ‘Aw, thanks’. Know what I did then? Don’t know how I worked up the nerve, but I kissed her there. Right on her pussy!”

“Damn, girl!” I exclaimed. “So… what did Dani do?”

“Well, she didn’t freak out or anything. In fact, she just smiled at me and said, ‘That felt nice’, so I took a chance. I… well, I actually licked her there. I was pretty sure that was going too far – y’know, more like something a real lesbian would do, right? But I couldn’t help myself.

“Dani just whispered, ‘I love you, Rose. Please, please keep doing that.’ By then, I pretty much knew I was gonna fuck my sister. Unless she chickened out or something.”

“But she didn’t, huh?”

Rose shook her head. “Not even close. I laid her down with her legs open. God, she looked so fucking sexy, and the way she was looking at me… It was my first time giving oral sex, so all I knew to do was lick Dani the same way Naomi did me. Guess I was pretty good at it, because she had a huge orgasm. Thank God the parents weren’t home, ‘cause Dani kicked up one hell of a racket!”

“So hot,” I whispered. By then, I had a hand tucked in my sweatpants, openly rubbing myself.

“Then I was staring down at Dani, wondering what was supposed to happen next. I was sort of embarrassed for, y’know, losing control like that with my sister. But at the same time, I felt so worked up and sex-crazy I could’ve screamed.”

“What did your sister do?” I asked her.

Rose gave a blissful sigh. “Dani just smiled, opened her arms and said, ‘Come here, you.’ So that’s what I did. We held each other for a long time, then she said, ‘It’s your turn,’ and I just melted.”

“She did it to you?”

“And then some! First she used her fingers on me, then her mouth, and oh God, she made me come three times! I had to make her stop before she made it four.” Rose snickered. “That would’ve been the one that flat-out killed me, I think.

“Anyway, I wanted to snuggle, but first I wanted Dani to tell me where the heck she learned that stuff! Turns out it happened when I was at band camp.”

“Huh. So while you were having your first experience, Dani was back home having hers?” I shook my head. “Damn… what are the odds?”

“Tell me about it!” Rose said, grinning. “Okay, now, shush and let me finish.

“My Aunt Alicia lives on the other side of the country, so we only get to see her twice a year. See, she and her daughter Megan take a trip every summer to visit the whole family. They go through four different states and back again, so they get to see everyone for two or three days each way.

“Aunt Alicia stayed in my room, and Megan bunked with Dani. That night, the grownups all went to dinner and a movie. I guess the movie was R-rated and kinda violent, so my sister couldn’t go… and Megan offered to stay home and keep Dani company.”

“How old is your cousin?” I asked.

Rose paused to think. “Megan was fifteen then… that would make her seventeen now. Anyhow, they hung out and watched TV until Dani got sleepy. Well, when she said she was gonna shower and get ready for bed, Megan told her she might as well turn in too, and she asked my sister if they could shower together. Dani was fine with that, so Megan shut the TV off and they went upstairs.

“Dani told me how she liked getting naked with Megan, and what a killer body she had. Now, I don’t know why, but they didn’t do much of anything in the shower, just washed each other’s back. Then when they got out, Megan offered to dry my sister off.

“She took her time, touching Dani all over with the towel, all the time looking at her like my sister was the most beautiful thing she’d ever seen. It kinda weirded Dani out, but she liked it.

Then, when Megan was on her knees behind Dani and drying her back, she said, ‘You have a lovely bottom, kiddo. It looks sweeter than a cupcake!’ Know what she did then? Moved in close and gave Dani’s butt a couple of little love bites!” She giggled. “Isn’t that wild?”

“Totally wild,” I breathed, caught up in the story. “What did Dani do?”

“Not exactly sure. Well, she’s kinda ticklish, so she probably giggled like crazy, I don’t know. She did enjoy it; that much I do know.. Dani told me she decided right then that Megan was the coolest person she’d ever met.”

“She sure seems cool to me,” I said. “I’d love to meet her.”

“Wait until next summer,” Rose replied. “She’ll totally want to get into your pants. Um, where was I? Oh, yeah. So Dani was gonna put on her jammies, but Megan said, ‘Sure, we could do that. Or if you want, we can stay naked and have big girl fun.’”

“Damn,” I murmured. This was getting good.

“Like I said, Dani loved looking at Megan with her clothes off, so she was fine with them not getting dressed. They finished drying off, then went to Dani’s room to hang out.

“Well, my sister couldn’t stop staring at Megan’s tits. Megan asked if she liked them, and Dani said something about how soft they looked. I bet you can guess what Megan said to that!”

“She… offered t-to let Dani touch them?” That familiar heat was strobing between my legs. I wanted to throw myself on Rose and fuck her until she begged me to stop. But I wanted to hear the rest of this story even more. I began to caress my slit, just enough to take the edge off.

“Yep, exactly. Seconds later, Megan was stretched out on the bed, letting my sister feel her up. Before long, Dani was touching her other places, too. Like, she’d never seen a girl with a full bush before, so she had to feel Megan down there.

“Dani was surprised when her fingers got wet, so Megan asked if she ever touched herself between the legs. Dani didn’t understand at first, but when she heard more about it she told Megan when she slid down the banister on the stairway, it felt good. Megan told Dani she could get that neat feeling without even leaving her bedroom, only when you did it her way, it was a hundred times better.

Of course, Dani wanted to know everything, so that’s when Megan taught her how to masturbate. Megan made her come the first time, then Dani did it to herself. They didn’t do anything else that night, though, ‘cause the grownups got home soon after that. But Megan told her there was lots more fun stuff girls can do with their clothes off, and she promised to teach Dani all of it.

“The next day, Dad wanted to take everyone out for breakfast at Kim’s Kandy Kane Diner, but Megan told Dani she ought to pretend she didn’t feel well. Then Megan said she’d stay home and look after her.” Rose snickered. “Dani must’ve been pretty worked up if she was willing to miss out on breakfast at Kim’s. Their Dutch apple pancakes are out of this world.”

“Yeah I’ve had them,” I said, a bit impatiently. “What happened then?”

Rose rolled her eyes. “Fine, fine. Boy, you sure like a dirty story, huh? Well, they didn’t waste any time. Dani says they were butt naked before Dad’s car was out of the driveway! First, Megan wanted to show Dani how to kiss, but I guess she wasn’t comfortable doing that. So they did a lot of touching instead, then Megan went down on her. Of course, Dani loved it… enough to return the favor.”

“She didn’t want to kiss a girl on the mouth, but she would lick her pussy? Weird.”

“Dani thought tongue kissing was more gay than doing oral,” Rose said with a shrug. “Go figure. Anyhow, she soon got over that, believe you me. Now my sister refers to herself as ‘totally queer.’ Anyhow, Dani enjoyed it so much that Megan suggested she could maybe have the same kind of fun with me when I got back from camp. And that’s exactly what happened,” she concluded. “Kick-ass story, huh?”

“SO hot,” was all I could say.

Rose laughed. “It sure got me worked up, hearing all that from my eight-year-old sister. By then, she was feeling the same, so we ended up licking each other at the same time!”

I asked, “What about Megan? Did you ever get to do anything with her?”

Rose nodded and said, “Yeah, when Aunt Alicia and Megan came through again on their way back home. Dad had prepped my room for the new paint job, but hadn’t started it yet so my aunt could use it. So me and Megan were both bunking down with Dani in her room.

“As soon as the parents were out of the house, the three of us went upstairs and got naked. And the rest is history, so to speak. Like I said, Megan will be back next summer, and we’ll introduce her to you, Beth and Annie.” She gave a snort of laughter. “That girl won’t know what hit her!”

After that first time, Rose and Dani were having sex regularly. They began to try everything they could think of whenever they had a private moment together.

A couple years later Rose first floated the idea of having Dani’s best friends Annie and Beth join them in bed… which was around the time I figured out that I liked girls. Dani was totally down with the idea, so the sisters set their plan in motion.

It began with Dani teaching her friends how to masturbate. Like most girls, Beth and Annie had experimented a bit with touching themselves, but Dani was an authority on the subject. A few weeks later during spring break, Dani asked them if they would like to see her and Rose naked.

“It didn’t take much persuading,” Rose told me, “and it turned out exactly the way I wanted. We got Annie and Beth to undress along with us… and from there, it was only a hop, skip and a jump to full-on sex. The four of us have been fucking ever since, though I do it a lot more often with Dani. Her room is right next door to mine, after all.” She spread her arms. “That’s the whole story.”

I couldn’t just sit there and listen anymore. Getting to my feet, I grasped the waistband of  my sweatpants and pushed them down to the floor, my panties coming along for the ride. Then I slowly straightened, letting Rose have a good look.

She gave me a huge smile. “Took you long enough,” was all she said. Reaching out, she seized my arm, giving it a tug, and I tumbled onto her bed.

Soon enough, we were both naked. Rose and I shared a heated kiss, then the two of us fucked for the rest of the afternoon.

We were both so eager to lick each other that neither of us was willing to wait for her turn, so we got into a sixty-nine position and got down to business, caught up in a frenzy of youthful lust. Our passion was so intense that Rose and I were coming like wild animals before two minutes had passed.

That took the edge off our appetite, but we still craved more… and a few heated kisses were enough to ease us into another bout of lovemaking.

Round two was gentler, a much more relaxed affair. We took our time with it, sharing caresses until we were on the verge of release, then pulling back and starting over. It was like a crazy game where Rose and I were seeing who could last the longest without bursting into frustrated tears. Neither of us were familiar with the term “edging,” but that’s what we were doing… and after half an hour of it, we were ready to climb the walls.

“Enough!” Rose finally gasped. “M-my arm is killing me. I give up.”

By then, I was ready to throw in the towel myself. “Yeah, I’m worn out… let’s do this!”

Our fingers were a blur as we strummed each other’s clits, the two of us sharing an urgent, adoring gaze. “I… I love you, Rose,” I whispered, then the sky came crashing down.

“I l-love you too!” I heard my friend say, then she was coming hard, thrashing wildly near me.

We gave out almost simultaneously, collapsing in a tangle of limbs, our bodies slippery with sweat. Rose pushed herself to one side, then we lay side by side, unable to do much besides draw breath for a couple of minutes.

“You okay?” I finally managed to say.

Her eyes met mine, and I was struck by how serious my friend looked. She parted her lips, only to announce, “My pussy is sore.” Then she burst into giggles.

I joined in, and we shared a good long laugh before Rose poked me. “How d’you think I am, you nut? Only on top of the fucking world.” She took my hand. “Hey, did you really mean it when you said you love me? Or was that just the sex talking?”

I thought about it for a moment. “Well, I already loved you, y’know, ‘cause you’re my best friend… but yeah, I feel like now we’re something more. Are we girlfriends, then? I’d totally be into that!”

Rose wrapped both her arms around my waist, drawing me close. Her eyes seemed bluer than ever. “I’ve been crushing on you for, like, forever,” she said, “and yeah, I’d love us to be girlfriends.”

We came together in a warm, affectionate kiss – the best one yet, now that I knew we were really in love. Then we lay side by side, holding hands.

After a while, Rose turned to look at me. “So… who are some of the other girls you like?”

“What’s that about?” I asked her, a bit confused. “I mean, we only just became girlfriends, like, three minutes ago. Are you telling me you’re already jealous?”

“Huh? No, no, not that. I just want to know what you’re into. I mean, you’ve clearly got good taste, ‘cos you like me.” I gave her a playful shove. “Like, we’re both doing it with little girls, right? Does that kind of thing turn you on?”

“Yeah, but, it’s just with our kid sisters and their friends,” I retorted. “And that just kinda happened, you know? I haven’t been thinking about other little girls that way, if that’s what you mean.”

“What about women, then?” Rose asked. “Like Coach Hastings. Wouldn’t you like to get into her pants?”

“Well, duh,” I said. “She’s a walking sex bomb.”

“Omigosh, isn’t she just! Heck, I bet most of the straight girls are crushing on her. Okay then, how about Miss Kye? I think she’s yummy.”

“The Social Studies teacher, right?” Rose nodded. “Eh, I don’t know. I’m not into massive tits.”

“Go figure. Me, I just wanna bury my face between them.”

“You sound just like a boy,” I said. “Know who I had major hots for? Ivy Rubinoff.”

Rose grinned. “Yeah, she’s a total cutie. I’m about ninety percent sure she’s queer, too.”

“Maybe, but I’d be kinda nervous about making a move on anyone whose mom teaches at my school.”

“Oh, right! I forgot that about her. Yeah, sounds risky… unless she came on to you first.”

“Yeah, maybe. I don’t really know her that well, though.”

“What about Tina Forbert? Wouldn’t you like to do the nasty with a cheerleader?”

I gave a dismissive snort. “Her? Good luck with that. She’s too into boys. I heard Cal Mitchell say that if she had as many dicks sticking out of her as have, y’know, been inside her, she’d look like a porcupine!”

Rose burst into laughter. “Omigod, that is awful. And sexist as hell.” Moving in close, she nuzzled my face, then gave me a sly smile. “Hey, there’s something you and I need to figure out, now that we’re a couple.. Um… we can still fuck our sisters, right?”

“Oh, I guess,” I murmured, pretending to be giving the matter serious thought. “We wouldn’t want to hurt their feelings, after all.”

“Not only that… it would be selfish for us to stop making our sisters feel good. Don’t you think so?”

“And their friends,” I chimed in. “Let’s face it – you and I have a responsibility here. If we don’t fuck them, who will?”

“Tons of yucky boys,” Rose replied with a shudder. “Urrggh. We simply can’t allow that to happen!”

“Nope, definitely not. In fact, we need to have a big sex party soon, all five of us.”

“It’s the least we can do,” she said, and we both burst into giggles.

“Speaking of our sisters,” I said, “how the heck did they get started having sex, anyhow? Seems totally unfair, them doing it before us. I was totally jealous of Beth when I found out!”

Rose gave a thoughtful nod. “Sorry about that. I was crushing on you so hard that I was afraid to make a move, that I might lose you as a friend if you knew how much I wanted us to be together. Doesn’t that seem silly now?

“As for getting Beth and Annie involved… I was having so much fun with Dani, I wanted to try sex with her friends, too. I’m glad we did. That Annie is a born lesbian, I swear. She got into it in a big way. At one point, I was up on all fours while she ate my pussy, then she started licking my butthole!”

“Hmm. Wonder who she learned that from?”

“We asked Annie that, but she said no one did,” Rose replied with a shrug. “My ass was in her face, and she just decided to try it. I don’t know… maybe? She picked up on the whole sex thing in no time flat. Maybe she’s fooled around with a babysitter. Don’t know why she’d keep it a secret, though.”

I grinned. “We’ll have to ask her ourselves. Let’s make sure we get the chance to, okay?”

“I do like that sex party idea,” Rose added, rolling me onto my back. “We can make that happen for sure!”

I still had one remaining question. “What was it like, having your butt licked?”

“Oh, awesome. I’ve done it a time or two myself.” She paused. “Wanna know how it feels?”

My pussy was leaking like a broken faucet. “Um, yeah.”

She flashed me a bad-girl grin. “Roll over on to your tummy.”

***

The next few days saw me and Rose visiting each other’s homes whenever we could get a bit of privacy, and the two of us experimented with every kind of sex we could think of. Rimming, tribbing, oral, mutual masturbation, bondage, vegetables, fruit, chocolate syrup, spanking, finger in the cunt, finger in the ass. We even watched each other pee in the back yard once.

When I wasn’t with Rose, there were frequent opportunities to have fun with my little sister. Beth visited my room most evenings after the parents turned in, and we’d get right into fucking. I didn’t tell her about Rose right away, and have to admit it was for selfish reasons. Now that we’d gone from best friends to girlfriends, I wanted Rose all to myself for a little longer.

Between Rose and my sister, I was having a LOT of sex. When my period came that month, I actually welcomed a few days without, so I could get a little rest.

Of course, when my ‘little friend’ left a few days later I was back with a vengeance, hot as a pistol and frantic to fuck. In fact, I was totally ready to make our sex party happen. I said as much to Rose, who told me, “No problem. The parents are out of town this weekend, so let’s have a sleepover at my place this Friday night.”

The next day, Rose filled her little sister in, and Dani got in touch with Annie to come over on Friday for some “group fun.” Meanwhile, I told Beth what Rose and I had been up to. She was annoyed with me at first for keeping it a secret, but hearing about the Friday sex party perked her up right away.

First, I got the okay from the parents for me and Beth to do the sleepover thing. Mom and Dad were happy to have us away on Friday night, which freed them up to do whatever boring things grownups do.

When Friday rolled around, we were set. Annie was already good with her mom to spend the night at Dani’s, since Rose would be there to keep an eye on things.

Annie knocked on our door right after supper, Me and my sister grabbed our stuff, then the three of us went to Rose’s and Dani’s place. Good news – their parents had just left, so the five of us raced upstairs to the sisters’ bedroom, grinning like idiots.

There was a moment of hesitation at first as we looked around at each other, wondering how to begin. Then Beth, bless her, pointed to Rose and me and declared, “I wanna see you guys do it!”

That sounded great to me, and Dani and Annie totally approved, so me and Rose drifted together in a kiss that quickly struck fire.

The kids watched with rapt attention as Rose led me onto her bed. We took off our shirts in between kisses, then she unhooked my bra and I shrugged it off. Her hands found my tits and fondled them, then she rolled my nipples between her fingers and thumbs. While Rose felt me up, I planted tender kisses on her face and neck.

The girls leaned in close to watch while Rose and I wriggled out of the rest of our clothes and continued to make out, touching each other’s pussies. My sister and Dani moved in close and began to feel us up.

With a lewd giggle, Annie spoke up. “Hey, I’ve got a totally hot idea. Why don’t you guys do stuff to each other’s sisters? I’d love to see that.”

I glanced at Rose, and she nodded. “Sounds good to me!”

Annie seated herself on the floor to watch while I removed Dani’s clothes and Rose did the same for Beth. Once they were naked, we proceeded to go down on our younger partners. “That’s SO hot,” Annie moaned, a hand buried in her panties.

Once we I used our mouths and tongues to bring both ten-year-olds to orgasm, Beth and Dani lay twined together on the bed, flushed, out of breath and very, very content.

Then Rose and I turned our attention to Annie, who squealed with delight when I picked her up and threw her on the bed. “We’re gonna fuck you silly,” I said. “You down with that?”

“Oh, wow, am I ever!” Annie exclaimed, bouncing up and down as she looked from me to Rose. “Do anything you want to me!”

Quickly stripping Annie naked, we covered her body in kisses, then got her up on all fours. I began to rim her butthole, while Rose slipped down below to feast on the randy nine-year-old’s smooth slit.

Once I had Annie’s rosebud nice and moist, I inserted a finger into her crack, easing it inside until I’d penetrated her rectum, then started working it in and out.

A nervous giggle escaped her lips, then she moaned, “Oh, yeah. Oh, YEAH. I love that. F-fuck my butt!”

Within a few minutes Annie was coming, her body thrashing about as she writhed in ecstasy, finally keeling over on her side.

Now that we’d finished the girls off, Rose and I were able to get down to pleasuring each other. Our long held friendship had deepened into something more, and we were celebrating our status as a couple.

When the kids had rested enough, they went to work on us, two of them licking our cunts while the odd girl out gave us kisses, sucked and fondled our tits, fingered our buttholes or rubbed themselves off in front of us.

It was a night to remember, our fun and games continuing until we passed out. Five girls sharing two beds was a tight fit, but we made it work.

***

In the weeks that followed, our little group explored lesbian sex in every way imaginable, even getting ideas from dirty stories we sought out on the internet. Beth and I often crept to one another’s room late at night while our parents were sleeping to enjoy a nice juicy fuck, and I got together with Rose whenever I could.

I was loving my new life, then events took a turn I never saw coming.

It began when Rose invited me to join her in a threesome with her and Dani. We were eating each other’s pussies in what Rose told us was called a daisy chain, and it came to an abrupt halt when their parents came home early. We got dressed in a mad frenzy, moving with such haste that I put my top on inside out. Luckily, the grownups didn’t notice.

Not a problem for Rose and Dani, mind you. They’d be able to fool around later, but I went home boiling over, ready for a hot romp in the sheets with Beth.

When I got home, Dad was out somewhere and Mom was in the shower, so my plan was to whisk Beth up to my room and fuck her silly. Unfortunately, my sister was all caught up in this stupid TV show she’d been watching for weeks, and she couldn’t even think of sex right then. “Later,” she mumbled, unable to tear her eyes away for a second.

I trudged to my room, feeling frustrated, thinking, Guess I’m taking care of myself, then.. Pushing the door shut, I quickly stripped, stretched out on the bed and plunged two fingers into my pussy. I was already nice and juicy; no need to warm myself up. I used the index finger on the other hand to tease my clit. I was riding the express train to Come Town, and there would be no stops till I reached the end of the line.

That’s when my bedroom door swung open, and I froze in horror. My mother stood in the doorway, draped in her powder blue bathrobe, hair damp from the shower. A smile played around her lips

“My, my, sweetheart… aren’t you a sight. Y’know, I had a feeling this is what you were up to,” she said.

As Mom slowly moved toward me, her robe fell to the floor, revealing her lithe, well-toned body. I was paralyzed, too shocked to even cover myself, though my heart was beating up a storm.

There I was, stark naked and spread wide open, showing Mom everything I had. She wore a look of the most intense desire… the same fire I saw in Beth’s eyes when she was frantic to fuck.

I couldn’t help but lick my lips at the sight of Mom’s tits, the nipples swollen with desire. Then I took in the rest of her, touching myself as I stared at her gorgeous pussy. Is this really happening? It sure doesn’t feel like a dream…

Ever since figuring out that I liked girls, I’d nursed a crush of sorts on Mom, and once I learned to masturbate, she did occasionally play a leading role in my fantasies. But I never in a million years imagined the two of us might actually do anything sexual. But there my mother was, fresh from the shower and climbing into bed, her hazel eyes burning into mine.

Kneeling next to me, Mom took hold of my hand and, before I knew it, she had my wet fingers in her mouth, purring with pleasure as she sucked them.

“Don’t be afraid, sweetie,” she said, cradling my hand to her breasts. “I know what you’ve been up to with your sister and your friends, and I think it’s wonderful. I’m a lesbian myself, you know.”

“Y-you are? But what about Dad?” I stammered.

“Oh…” She shrugged. “I love him, but I’ve always preferred women… and girls. I knew I was gay by the time I was twelve. But I also wanted a family, so I married your father. I’ve been a good wife to him, but I could never give up women.”

She placed a warm hand on my thigh. “Enough about me, though. I want to know about the things you’ve done, especially with Beth. You can give me the details while I lick your pussy.” She got down between my legs. “Girls make good lovers, but only a woman can give you what you really need. And no one can pleasure you like your mother.” With that, she buried her mouth in my sex, probing me with an eager tongue.

Mom had me describe my sexual escapades and lurid thoughts to her as she worked her agile fingers into my vagina, occasionally bringing her tongue into play. She nodded approvingly when I confessed how I’d fantasized about her.

Only then, when I’d told all my secrets, did Mom straddle me, rubbing her clit against mine until she brought me to the most powerful orgasm of my fourteen years. Bursting into joyful tears, I hugged my mother to me, stroking every part of her I could reach, while she licked my juices from her fingers. “You’re delicious,” she murmured, then we met in a pussy-flavored kiss that fired my lust all over again.

Then it was my turn. Rolling my mother onto her back, I took her cunt into my mouth and ate her in a frenzy, then started thrusting two fingers in and out of her cunt. As it turned out, Mom was so slippery and juicy that I soon managed to get my whole hand inside. I worked it in and out while nursing on her clit, and she came hard enough to pass out for a few seconds.

Once she caught her breath, we shared a tender but heated kiss, then cuddled for a long while, blissfully content.

My curiosity soon got the better of me, and I had to ask, “How did you find out about Beth and me?”

“Well, mothers know everything. Part of the job description.” Then she broke into laughter, “Actually, it’s because of your little friend Annie. See, her mother Rebecca and I are lovers. And Annie tells her mom everything when they’re in bed together.”

That got my attention. “Annie and – and her mom? Are you telling me…”

Mom nodded. “Rebecca first made love to Annie when she was six.”

I rolled my eyes. Was there no end to this? Well, now I knew where Annie had learned about lesbian sex. And only six! I found myself wondering why our mother had waited so long.

“Will you do something for me, sweetheart?” Mom said, sitting up in bed.

I was distracted by her breasts, but managed to reply. “Sure.”

“I want you to go down to the family room, get Beth and bring her up here.” I reached for my sweatpants, but Mom put a hand on my arm. “Uh-uh, don’t put your clothes on. Go down there nude. When she asks what’s going on, I want you to give her a big, juicy kiss, put your hand under her shirt and make those little nipples nice and stiff. Then tell her you’re naked because I just ate your pussy, and I want to do that to her.”

I thought about it for a moment. “Um, sure… But what if she doesn’t want to? I mean, I love what we just did, but honestly, Beth might be weirded out about the idea of sex with her own mom.”

Mom chuckled. “Oh, she wants to. Since the two of you started fucking, I’ve been paying attention to how you girls look at me. I was wearing those snug green shorts of mine the other day, and Beth would not stop sneaking peeks at my ass. Trust me, your sister wants this.”

As it turned out, Mom was right. Beth was startled when I came into the living room completely naked, but she responded in a big way when I kissed her and felt her up. And when I told my little sister what Mom wanted. Beth squealed with delight and raced upstairs.

I hastened behind, entering my room just in time to hear Beth squeal, “Hey there, Mom! Huh, you don’t have any clothes on, either! Wow, you look great. So, is it true, is it true? Do you really wanna fuck me?” She was bouncing around the room.

“Calm down, sweetheart!” Mom laughed. She opened her arms, and Beth zipped right into them. “Yes, it’s true, I’ve wanted the three of us to be lovers for a few years, at least.” She was gently rocking Beth. “I still remember when I figured it out. You girls were on the way home from school and got caught in the rain. It came down in buckets, and you both got absolutely drenched. I had you take off your wet clothes in the kitchen – remember?”

“I do, yeah,” I said, making a face. “My orange sneakers never looked the same after that.”

“Well, it was the first time I’d seen either of you naked in a long while,” Mom continued, “and it turned me on like you wouldn’t believe. I had to slip off to the bathroom and masturbate. After that, I couldn’t stop having sexual thoughts about my girls, my precious girls.”

“How come you didn’t do anything about it then?” asked Beth. “How old was I – eight? Nine? Bet I would have loved it if you tried to do sexy stuff with me!”

Mom shook her head. “Oh, I never would’ve had the nerve to do something like that. Not until I found out you two were fucking.”

“You knew that?” Beth gasped, her eyes absolutely huge. “How?”

“Ask your sister about that,” Mom said. “She’ll fill you in. Right now, though… aren’t we supposed to be having sex?”

“Oh, yeah!” Beth exclaimed, then promptly buried her face in Mom’s tits.

“Not so fast, young lady.” Mom broke away, leaving a pouting Beth. “First, I want to watch the two of you make love. I’ve been imagining it long enough; now your mother needs to see the real thing.”

My sister went from disappointed to delighted in a flash. “Okay!” she chirped, untangling herself from Mom’s embrace, then threw herself in my arms.

I undressed Beth, sat her on my lap facing me and kissed her. She wrapped her legs around my waist as our tongues mingled.

I reached down to fondle my sister’s slit, and she mewled with delight, resting her head on my shoulder. She was already keyed up, so it didn’t take long to make her come.

That was as much as Mom could watch. She was wet and ready, so Beth and I joined her on the bed, where we made out for a few minutes, letting our hunger build until we were desperate to fuck.

First, Mom lay Beth down and burrowed between her thighs. I watched in awe as she licked my little sister to a lovely orgasm. Then Beth and I took turns on our mother’s hot pussy until she exploded, coating our mouths in her juices.

We lay nestled together for a long time afterward, giddy with happiness. The three of us agreed that this was a good thing, and we definitely needed to keep doing it.

***

About a week after our first time with Mom, we paid a visit to Annie and her mother Rebecca, who lived just a block away. Mom had told Rebecca all about what she’d done with Beth and me, so everyone there knew what this visit was for.

Rebecca got everyone cold drinks, then we started playing a game of Truth or Dare.

Annie’s mother Rebecca had long, red hair like her daughter. Her ocean-blue eyes were shining with lustful anticipation as she pondered her choices. “Truth!” she cried.

I admired her shapely form as she reclined on the couch. It was easy to see why Mom found her so attractive.

“Tell us your wildest fantasy,” I challenged.

She glanced around the room and smiled. “Your mom and I have been fucking for ages… then Annie and I became intimate a few years ago.” She reached for her daughter’s hand.

Annie smiled, almost blushing. “I love you, Mommy.”

“I love you too, sweetie. Since then, I’ve watched you and Beth grow into beautiful, sexy girls. So,” continued Rebecca, “my fantasy is a daisy chain — with the five of us as the daisies.”

There was a gleam in Beth’s eyes that I knew all too well. “It’s your turn, Mom. Truth or dare?” she said.

“Dare,” she replied.

“I dare you to make Rebecca’s dream come true,” my sister purred.

Mom stood and began to unbutton her friend’s dress. “Well, Rebecca, if that’s really what you want, let’s make it happen.”

Getting to their feet, a giggling Annie and Beth began to remove their clothes. I followed suit, quickly stripping naked, then stepped forward to help Rebecca out of her yellow sun dress.  She removed her bra, and those big, beautiful tits tumbled free. My mouth watered at the sight of her long, hard nipples.

Mom dropped to her knees and tugged the woman’s panties down and off, briefly holding them to her face. Rebecca’s pussy glistened through a tuft of bright auburn curls.

Annie was on all fours, wiggling her bottom seductively. I guess the sight was too much for Mom to resist, because she quickly took up position behind the girl, placed both hands on her cute buttocks to spread them apart, then bent down to slide her tongue into Annie’s cunt.

I dropped to the floor and did the same to Mom, feasting on her yummy pussy. Rebecca made a feral sound at the back of her throat, then took position behind me. I soon felt her hot tongue on my clit.

“So cool!” said Beth. She hunkered down behind Rebecca, tilting her head a bit as she buried her mouth in the woman’s pubic thatch.

Finally we all shuffled position to form a ring, moving together until Annie was able to clasp Beth’s thighs and use her mouth to complete the lust-filled circle.

We quickly found our rhythm, and my lips, chin and cheeks were soon covered in Mom’s hot juices. I could feel Rebecca’s tongue thrusting into my hole.

Every mouth was busy, every cunt was getting licked, and it wasn’t long before the walls echoed with the sound of our ecstatic cries.

A few days later we got together again, only this time Dani and Rose were invited, and the whole thing turned into a full-on lesbian orgy. The scent of cunt was thick in the air.

Two hot, horny moms. Five young girls ranging from nine to fourteen. We did everything you can imagine, and probably a few things you wouldn’t have believed, in every possible combination.

That’s how I spent my summer vacation.

***

“You wanted to see me, Ms Rubinoff?”

“Yes. It’s about this assignment you turned in, How I Spent My Summer Vacation. It’s beautifully written, like everything you’ve done for this class… but I’m afraid this simply will not do, young lady. Besides being out-and-out pornographic, did you understand it’s supposed to be non-fiction?”

“It IS non-fiction, ma’am. That’s what happened to me over the summer.”

“If this really happened to you, I don’t understand why you would write about it and hand it in as part of your schoolwork. Don’t you know how much trouble this could cause for everyone involved?  And by the way, why does my daughter’s name appear in this… this smutty story?”

“I thought it would be okay to show to you. Don’t worry, no one else has seen it.”

“I… I don’t understand.”

“Your daughter Ivy and I have a few classes together this year. And a couple of weeks ago, she and I started chatting. Since that day, we’ve been hanging out sometimes. This Monday afternoon, I invited her to come to my house. We were sitting on the patio out back… and, well, that’s when Ivy kissed me.

“She asked if I’d ever fooled around with another girl, and if I’d be into doing stuff with her. I told her yeah, I did like girls that way, but I wasn’t sure about having sex with her, ‘cause you’re her mom, and you’re also my English teacher. It seemed like a big risk, you know?”

“I see. And how did Ivy respond to that?”

“She told me it was okay, cause you liked girls too. Also, you’ve been having sex with her since she was nine, and you even share a bed .That’s why I’d thought you’d want to read this.”

“What happened then?”

“I took Ivy up to my room, and we took off all our clothes and got into bed. We started kissing, then things got kinda wild. She and I were going at it hot and heavy when my sister Beth got home from school. She got undressed and joined us, then we had a threesome.

“After we fucked, me and Beth told Ivy all the fun we have with our friends and our mom, then we invited her to come to one of our sex parties.”

“So… is that why you showed your dirty story to me? Am I to think of it as an invitation to your next quote-unquote sex party?”

“Yes ma’am, for you and Ivy both. Usually, it’s all of us – me, Mom and Beth, Rose and Dani, Annie and her mother. We always have an amazing time.

“But for starters, this first time would just be you and Ivy getting together with me, Mom and Beth. You’re really hot, Ms. Rubinoff. I’d love to do stuff with you. And ma’am, you really shouldn’t call my story dirty. That makes it sound like what we’re doing is wrong.”

“Point taken. Still, I should discuss this with your mother before making a decision.”

“Mom’s fine with that. My dad’s away this weekend, and she wants to know if you and Ivy would like to come over Saturday around two in the afternoon to talk about it. Maybe we’ll do more than just talk. Here, this is a note from my Mom with her cell number and our address.”

“Honestly, I’m not sure this isn’t some sort of sting. I’ve been a teacher for a long time, and you’re not the first student to cook up some sort of scheme to get one of us in trouble.”

“Ivy showed me a picture of you on her phone. You’re bare naked.”

“I – I don’t believe that, young lady. You’re making it up.”

“Know what I like best about the picture? It’s how you keep your pussy smooth… like a little girl.”

“That Ivy. I love my daughter to bits, but I swear, she does not know the meaning of the word discretion. The very thought of pussy sends her good sense out the window. Last year Ivy was trying to get her eight-year-old cousin into bed, and she told her everything about us, absolutely everything. I had to convince my sister that Ivy had a very overactive imagination. She believed me, at least… but then she told me I ought to put my daughter into therapy. You’re serious about this, aren’t you?”

“Yes, ma’am. Here, look at this picture on my phone. Tell me what you see.”

“Oh, my… it’s Ivy, completely naked. With a little girl, also nude. Is that your sister Beth?”

“Yes. Isn’t she cute?”

“Very. All right, I’m sold. I’ll be calling your mother tonight.”

“Thanks. Well, guess I’d better catch my bus.”

“You have time yet. Shut the door and come here.”

“Um, okay.”

“You understand that I’m going to need you to turn in a more suitable paper for your final grade. But this one was superbly done… and I’m pleased to see that you and Ivy have become so well acquainted. You are an enchanting girl, and… well, I must admit that I’ve had some very steamy fantasies about you.”

“About me? I think that’s totally cool. I made myself come a few times, just thinking about that picture of you. Are you still shaved smooth?”

“Like a baby. Ivy took that picture earlier this week. Of course, I did tell her not to show it to anyone. Well, tonight I’ll be thinking of that picture of Ivy and your little sister. Who’s adorable, by the way. Will she be there this Saturday?”

“Oh, for sure. She’s got a really sweet pussy, you know.”

“Mmm. I can’t wait to sample it… and yours, of course.”

“Cool. Uh, I guess I’d better get going. Can I have my paper back?”

“No, I’ll be taking that home with me.”

“Oh, really? What are you going to do with it, Ms Rubinoff?”

“I thought I’d have Ivy read it to me tonight, when I go down on her.”

“That sounds awesome. Um, will Ivy be licking you?”

“Ha! Just try to stop her. Why do you ask?”

“Because while she’s eating you, you can watch the video on Ivy’s phone. My sister used it to record me and Ivy fucking. And yeah, we’re both naked.”

“Jesus, that is hot. I may end up hustling Ivy into bed as soon as I get home. Well… you’d better go catch your bus before I begin to smell like a lesbian bar with no air conditioner.”

“Okay then. Bye… and thanks.”

“Good afternoon, sweetheart. I’m glad we had this little chat.”

“Me too.”

“Wait. Before you go, please tell me something. The part where you asked Rose what it was like to get rimmed. After you lay down on your tummy, what happened?”

“Oh, well… she licked my butt.”

“No, no, silly girl. Details, please. I’ve got a serious thing for ass play. Did you enjoy it?”

“I’ll have to make this quick – my bus is arriving soon. But yeah, sure.

“First, she kissed my bottom all over, and spread my cheeks apart. Then I felt her tongue licking around my asshole, pressing against it like she was trying to push her way inside. I started grinding my cunt  against the bed. Rose started licking up and down with these long, slow licks, making love to my ass. I came so hard that I passed out for a minute. Yeah, I love being rimmed.”

“I’m glad to hear that, young lady. Because I can’t wait to get you naked and bury my mouth in that sweet  butt crack of yours. Christ, my panties are soaked. Okay, you’re excused. Go catch your bus.”

“Bye, Ms. Rubinoff. Oh, and please, give Ivy’s pussy a kiss for me.”

Soon to come: Part Three!

1
5
3
7

The Evil That Men Do, Chapter 27

  • Posted on October 30, 2026 at 3:33 pm

For a brief description of what takes place in each of the previous chapters, visit this page.

For a list of the characters from the story you are now reading, visit this page. 

For a list of the characters from the previous two stories that you will encounter here as well, visit this page.

And now, dear readers, we make our way into the next installment. Read on…

by Rachael Yukey

The night delays its quiet turn
Sleeping hearts refuse to yearn
Frost composes aches within
The dark exhales and draws me in
Hush before the fever grins
A shimmer moves beneath my skin
The glass reflects a pale design
The ether binds your breath to mine 
Tarja Turunen, 2026

Mallory adjusted the digital camcorder on its tripod, centering the aged John Deere tractor on the screen and zooming in a bit. Julie occupied the operator’s platform, her backside firmly planted on what little remained of the seat cushion. Jason Hanson was standing on the drawbar, aiming a second cam over his daughter’s shoulder to capture what Julie was doing with the controls. Both cams were feeding to the laptop in split-screen format. By popular demand from her YouTube viewership, Julie was live-streaming her first attempt to summon the old beast to life.

Glancing at the laptop again, Mallory pointed to indicate the number of viewers who had logged on to watch, a tally that had just exceeded the one thousand mark. Her eyes shifted to the man seated in the lawn chair behind the laptop screen. Roger Keeting met Mallory’s gaze with a grin and a shake of the mullet. No, I don’t get it either. 

“All right, here we go!” Julie announced into her headset mic. Mallory had the gain cranked as high as she dared, in hopes that Julie’s words would be audible above the roar of the engine once it got going.

Describing every step of the process as she went, Julie throttled up the pony engine, pulled the choke lever, and pressed the start button. The unmistakable whine of an electric starter permeated the air before the little gas engine caught, coming to life with a deafening roar.

“Yes, it’s really supposed to be that loud!” Julie proclaimed, her voice coming through clearly in spite of the din, thanks to her headset mic. “I was surprised, too. Hope you guys can hear me okay. Now we’re going to let it run for a minute, because the exhaust from the pony engine is heating up the diesel’s cylinder head. Gotta tell you, folks, I’m nervous as hell.” Folding her arms, she waited.

“All right!” she said, about thirty seconds later. “I’ve got the diesel throttled up, and we’ll see if he goes.” She pulled a lever set into the platform, and the roar of the pony engine was now accompanied by a weird chuff chuff chuff. The tractor was noticeably vibrating.

“Here comes the moment of truth,” said Julie. “The pony engine is turning the diesel over, the oil pressure is a little over thirty psi—all that’s left is for me to let go of the compression release.” She took her hand off of a spring-loaded lever she’d been holding onto. The pony engine pulled down, the rhythmic pulsing becoming more pronounced.

It took most of a minute before the big diesel caught. It fired once, spun over a few more times, then sputtered again, followed by a few random firings in short sequence.

“He’s clearing his throat, people!” Julie exulted. The diesel began to fire more regularly in a slow, rhythmic series of loud pops, gradually increasing in tempo. The engine spun up, beginning to run under its own power with a pop pop pop sound.

“Oh, hell yeah! Hell yeah!” Julie was shouting. She gave off a whoop, then resumed her narration. “Okay, I just disengaged the starter clutch, and now I’ll kill the fuel supply to the pony engine.” The roar of the small engine faded away, leaving only the loud popping sound of the two-cylinder diesel, its tempo still a little erratic.

Julie stood, clasped her hands above her head, and let off another triumphant cry. “Ladies and gentlemen of YouTube, we have a poppin’ Johnny diesel, kicking over on its own juices. Fuckin’ A!”

She glanced up at the stack, which was billowing bluish-black smoke. “Looks like we have some oil getting into the combustion chambers,” she commented. “Most likely the rings are stuck to the pistons, and they’ll free themselves up once it runs a bit. If not, I might have to rebuild the diesel.”

She settled back onto the seat, still grinning from ear to ear. “All right,” she said more calmly. “Time to see if he’ll move under his own power.” She shot a glance over her shoulder. “Holding on tight, there, Dad?”

Jason, gripping the steel seat frame with the hand that wasn’t holding the camera, said something to Julie that Mallory couldn’t hear. Turning back to the controls, Julie shoved the shift lever into gear, then rested her hand on a long lever to her right. “I have a feeling,” she observed for the benefit of her audience, “that this hand clutch is going to take some getting used to. Anyway, here we go.”

She pushed the throttle forward with her left hand. The response was immediate, that distinctive staccato popping sound revving right up. The engine was beginning to smooth out. Placing her hand back on the wheel, Julie eased the clutch lever forward with the other. The tractor began to roll, the engine lugging just a bit. Julie gave it some more throttle, and the diesel caught up, the tractor easing into slow, steady forward motion. Julie tugged on the steering wheel to follow the contours of the old machinery path, then stood, putting her weight on the wheel to turn it left.

“Holy hell,” she observed. “These really are a bitch to steer.” She pulled back on the clutch, the tractor coming to a halt after rolling forward a few more feet. “Let’s try a higher gear!” She moved the shifter to another position, bumped the throttle a little higher, then pushed the clutch forward again. The tractor shuddered into motion, the engine momentarily pulling down.

As the RPMs caught up, Julie heaved on the wheel again, bringing the machine round the loop in front of the house, then heading back towards the machine shed. Jason was holding on gamely, a lopsided smile on his face. Mallory, carefully following their trajectory with the camera and doing her best to adjust the zoom on the fly, was caught up in the moment in spite of herself. I wish Dad could have lived to see this.

Julie, still wearing that shit-eating grin, waited until she was about twenty feet short of the machine shed door, then brought the tractor to a halt. Throttling back to low idle, she looked in the direction of the camera as Mallory zoomed in close on her face. “It lives and breathes, folks! Now, to shut down the engine, you just release the compression. All the literature says to never shut it down with the throttle; it’s bad for your rods and bearings.” Reaching down, she pulled back on the compression release. The loud pops immediately cut out, replaced by a short-lived chuffing sound as the engine spun over a few more times. Julie let go of the lever, then looked back to the camera.

“How friggin’ cool was that?” she exulted. “There’s an engine that hasn’t been started in at least a couple of decades, folks, firing right up.  Damn, these old Johnny-poppers are amazing. Anyway, as you saw, it also moves under its own power, and it looked like the exhaust was cleaning up towards the end, too. There’s still a lot of stuff that needs tested, and a few things I know I have to fix, but this tractor is officially back from the dead. Thanks for tuning in, everyone! We’ll catch ya on the flip side.”

Mallory made a slashing motion across her throat, and Roger killed the live feed. Jason stepped down from the drawbar, making his way towards them with the camera still clutched in his hand. Julie practically bounded down from the operator’s platform, doing a giddy dance as she followed in her father’s wake. Jason set the camera on the table next to the laptop.

Roger got to his feet as Julie approached. She enveloped him in a hug. “Thanks for the help, Rog!”

Roger held her at arm’s length and let out a guffaw. “Wait’ll you see the comment feed. This whole ‘hot chick restores a tractor’ thing you’ve got going on is pulling every hayseed in the country away from their moonshine stills and snake-handling rituals.”

Julie slapped his arm playfully. “Oh, be nice.”

Roger hugged Mallory, then shook Jason’s hand. “I need to jet—my mom is blowing up my phone with texts, wondering when I’m going to be at her house. We’ll be seeing more of each other over the next few weeks. Think over what I said, Mal, and let me know what you want to do.”

As Roger made his way across the lawn, Julie regarded Mallory with eyebrows lifted. “What are we thinking over?”

Mallory held up a hand. “We’ll talk about that here in a bit. Did you want a cup of coffee or something, Jason?”

“Naw, I’ve gotta get moving, too. I promised Lisa I’d help her with some campaign stuff.” he turned his attention back to Julie, jerking his thumb over his shoulder towards the ancient machine squatting in the middle of the path. “Cool project, kiddo. You got it running.”

“Oh, I’m just getting started! I’m thinking full resto, fix everything up to factory spec, fresh paint and decals, then maybe get some implements. How cool would it be to actually plow with it? I can—”

“You do realize,” Mallory broke in, “that we’re going home to Colorado in five weeks.”

The smile faded from Julie’s lips. “Yeah. I guess we are.”

***

From the diary of Mallory Kalvornek: July 15th, 2022

Talking to Julie about my conversation with Roger and getting the band started again did not go the way I expected. We came as close as we ever get to fighting. Truth is, she knows me too well. Because, dammit, I really, really want to do this, and she knew that before I did. I’ve never gotten over the first opportunity falling through, and I didn’t even realize that till now. But Julie knew. Of course she knew.

I told her I was leaning against it, and she told me I was being an idiot. I pointed out that it’ll probably mean a drastic dip in my income, at least in the near term, and she said so what—we can easily live on what she makes. Naturally, my damn stupid pride reared its head, and I told Julie I didn’t want to put her in the position of having to carry us financially. Which, as she was quick to point out, completely glossed over the fact that were our positions reversed, I’d do the same for her. In fact, I already have: while she was pursuing her masters, I was pulling in over eighty percent of our income.

So anyway, we had it out. It wasn’t really a fight, but it was fight-adjacent. And I don’t think it was really about the possibility of reforming the band. There’s been a sneaky, insidious tension building between us over the past few weeks, so subtle that I don’t think either of us even realized it was there until today. I’m pretty sure I know what it’s all about, too: neither of us wants to go home.

I didn’t come to that realization until maybe ten minutes ago. Julie and I had our little tiff, apologized to each other, made love, and then she went out to drive the tractor back inside the shop and tinker with it for a bit. I then sat down at the kitchen table, started going over a mental checklist of everything that still needs to happen before we head back to Colorado, and proceeded to cry my damn silly eyes out. I was about halfway through the Patented Mallory Kalvornek Good Cry when it dawned on me that Julie feels the same way I do. See, I know her as well as she knows me.

And so, dear diary, precisely what is one to do with this information? It’s come up a couple of times over the past month, but the possibility of moving back to Minnesota has never seemed as reasonable and attractive as it does right now. It would complicate a few things—but it would also solve a number of problems. And would we be happier here? I think it’s quite possible that we would. And then, of course, there’s the band question.

Could we actually get it all back together and have a career? It might be worth one more try. Oh, I know we’ll never be rich rock stars. Even the most famous of the current crop of young rockers are comfortably middle class, not taking cocaine showers with Playboy bunnies in Beverly Hills. But a deal for international distribution with Nuclear Blast could get us into that comfortable income zone, and possibly sustain it over the long haul. Do I want that? You’re goddamn right I do. Just as important, Julie wants it for me, and I have her full support.

Of course, the fact that there’s a baby due in February complicates things just a tad, and this reunion might not work out scheduling-wise for that reason alone. But it’s worth a conversation at least; see what can be done to accommodate that. Maybe a temporary replacement keyboardist, if we end up with tour dates at an inconvenient time? It’s not necessarily a showstopper.

So I guess I know what I’m going to tell Roger. In fact, what am I waiting for? I’ll call him right now.

***

Nettie snatched her phone from the table where she was seated in the crew room at Thormleton Ambulance in Johnstown, lifting it to peer at the screen. Bridgett Ramscone.

“Gonna take this outside,” she said to no one in particular. Her partner Darren and the two members of the other crew didn’t even glance up from whatever they were doing. Nettie pushed herself out of the rundown office chair and hastened to the exit, swiping the green button as she pulled the door to the garage open.

“Hi, Bridgett.”

“You sitting down?”

Nettie’s gut clenched. “What’s going on?” She crossed the cavernous space in long strides, going for the door that led to a cozy little fenced-off lawn space that was still known as the smoking yard, although smoking there had been banned by management over five years before. If you wanted to burn one while on duty, you now had to do it in the parking lot.

“An attempt was made to execute warrants on both David Cesaneus and Shannon Brentshaw this morning, Nettie,” Bridgett was saying. Nettie let herself out into the yard, plopping her backside on one of the battered old Adirondack chairs that lived out there. The largish expanse of grass also sported a barbecue grill, some picnic tables, a volleyball net, and a basketball hoop mounted to the side of the building.

“What do you mean, attempt? Attempt implies failure. What happened?”

Bridgett sighed. “Neither one of them is anywhere to be found, and there are signs of hasty packing at both residences. Family and associates deny any knowledge of their whereabouts.”

Nettie’s mouth opened, but no sound came out. She swallowed hard, trying to moisten a suddenly dry throat. Finally she found her voice. “Please tell me you’re kidding.”

“I wish I was.”

Nettie was fuming. “That bitch Melissa. She tipped them.”

“I doubt that very much,” said Bridgett, “seeing as Melissa Brentshaw is currently on a ventilator at Mercy Medical in Cedar Rapids.”

“What?”

“Someone broke into her house Saturday morning, ransacked the place, and beat her to within an inch of her life. Then they slit her left wrist and left her to bleed out. She somehow managed to get hold of her phone and call 911. She’d have died if there hadn’t been a cop literally two blocks away with a tourniquet in her vest pocket.”

Horrified, Nettie got to her feet and began pacing the yard. “If this happened Saturday, how come you’re just now telling me?” She realized she was practically yelling.

“Calm down, Nettie. Nobody knew, not until they went to question her after David and Shannon turned up missing. I just found out ten minutes ago, when Latisha Miller called me.”

Nettie took a couple of deep breaths, trying and failing to calm her jangled nerves. “Is she going to make it?”

“Probably. They’re planning to extubate tomorrow afternoon if all goes well.”

Nettie’s brow furrowed. “What’d they intubate her for?”

“She was bleeding into her airway, apparently. EMS put the tube in on the way to the hospital.”

“Okay.” Nettie drew in a long breath. “Okay. If they’re extubating tomorrow afternoon, I’m driving down in the morning.”

“You’ll have to take a number and stand in line. There’ll be a whole slew of cops and FBI agents wanting to talk to her as soon as she wakes up.”

“They won’t be waiting at the hospital,” said Nettie through clenched teeth. “I will be. I want first crack, because it’s my responsibility. Christ knows how, but someone must have found out Melissa talked to me. It’s my fault, goddamn it.”

“You can’t think that way, Nettie, or you won’t last five minutes in this business.” Bridgett’s tone was conciliatory. “If you’re right about what happened, it’s a one in a million thing. I’ve interviewed hundreds of people close to suspects, and none of them have ever been beaten up over it. This isn’t your fault. That said, if you’re serious about going down, you’ll want to touch base with Tisha. She can arrange credentials for you to hang out at the hospital and wait for Melissa to be stable enough for an interview. If you don’t have those, they’re going to chuck your ass out on the street.”

“Yeah, okay. I’ll give her a call as soon as—”

The pager attached to her belt went off. “Thormleton ambulance, please respond to 124 West Hammond Avenue for a sixty-seven-year old male with altered mental status; family suspects stroke. Your time is 1536.”

“Fuck!” Nettie spat out. She plucked the radio from her belt. “Seven-oh-three copies.”

Her partner Darren was right behind her. “Seven-twenty-eight.”

Nettie made for the door to the garage. “I gotta go, Bridgett. I’ll be heading down to Cedar Rapids the moment I’m off duty tomorrow morning.”

***

“Okay, everybody roll!” Four girls threw dice.

“I got six!” Chelsey Milne crowed.

“One,” said Halee, a sour expression on her face.

“Five over here,” said Bethany.

“Three,” said Naomi.

The four girls were squished together naked on the couch in Bethany and Hannah’s living room. They were leaning forward, examining their dice where they had landed on the coffee table.

“So Chelsey gets her pussy eaten first; Halee goes last,” said Bethany.

“Fuck me,” Halee growled.

“Last,” said Naomi. All four girls erupted in a fit of laughter.

“All right, then,” said Bethany, “now we roll for licking order.”

They all picked up their dice, then tossed them back onto the table.

“Whoa,” said Chelsey, pointing to the six she’d just rolled. “Does this mean I have to lick my own damn self?” Another fit of giggles ensued.

“Hmmm,” said Bethany, perusing the dice. “Looks like the rest of the order is Halee, Naomi, then me. Better re-roll, Chelsey.”

Chelsey rolled again, this time coming up with a two.

“First to get eaten, last to lick,” Bethany observed. “And Halee’s the exact opposite.”

“Some girls have all the luck,” Halee groused good-naturedly. Then she turned her head to look at Chelsey, flashing her a feral grin. “Everyone else clear the couch,” she demanded. “I’m going to tear this chick apart.” Naomi and Bethany stood in unison, rounding the coffee table to plunk down on the love seat.

“And no cheating,” Halee added. “Hands stay clear of private parts, girls. Everyone has to wait their turn.”

Bethany sat up straight, folding her hands primly in her lap. “Fine, be the fun police.”

“Halee hates fun,” Naomi agreed. Everyone but Halee cracked up again.

Ignoring her younger sister, Halee turned back to Chelsey. “Lie down and spread ‘em,” she ordered.

“Yes, ma’am!” Chelsey exclaimed, twisting around and parting her legs to reveal a lightly-downed pussy. Getting down on her knees, Halee ran a hand up the younger girl’s thigh, going straight to her center.

Chelsey shuddered. “Ohhhh, yes.”

“Already wet,” Halee murmured, shaking her head in mock-disdain. “What’s been running through your mind, you dirty girl?” Not waiting for an answer, she moved in, sliding a finger into Chelsey’s pussy, then planting her tongue on an engorged clitoris. Chelsey’s breath hitched, then she broke into a low moan, moving her hips in time with Halee’s licking.

Hannah had informed the girls earlier that she intended to watch a movie in her room. She was in fact doing nothing of the sort, having intentionally left her bedroom door slightly ajar. At the first sound of soft moans, she slipped a hand beneath the waistband of her panties, shivering with pleasure as she circled her clit with the tip of a finger.

She picked up the pace, doing her best to control her breathing enough to hear the goings-on in the next room. She couldn’t quite tell which of the girls was making those ecstatic sounds. Well, it’s not Bethany, she told herself. I know all too well what noises she makes during sex.

Several months had passed since Hannah last made love to her daughter. Now that she’d chosen to get serious with Antoinette, and Bethany was making a go of things with Halee, it had seemed best to take a step back from their incestuous activities. It was the right move to make, Hannah mused, but I do miss sex with Bethany. Halee sure better appreciate what she’s got.

Hannah was within shouting distance of climax when an idea occurred to her. Plucking her phone from the nightstand, she pulled up her text thread with Antoinette, who had informed her a few hours ago that something urgent had come up, so she’d be driving down to Cedar Rapids in the morning. Hannah had a pretty good idea that it had something to do with that kidnapping incident the previous month, and hoped rather fervently that her girlfriend knew what she was doing. Pushing the thought aside, she began to type.

The girls are getting it on in my living room. It’s a full-on sex party! We haven’t really talked boundaries. Is voyeurism okay, so long as I keep my hands (and other parts!) to myself?

Within seconds, the reply came. Pics or it didn’t happen!

Chuckling, Hannah pushed herself to the edge of the bed, stood, and shucked off her panties. Now properly attired for the occasion, she padded into the living room.

The two girls on the love seat turned their heads in her direction. Halee’s head jerked up from between Chelsey’s legs, Chelsey twisting her upper half around to look. Eight eyes widened, then four mouths split into grins at the sight of Hannah’s nudity.

“Looking to get in on the fun, Mom?” inquired Bethany.

Hannah’s mouth widened into a grin. “I’m just here to watch,” she replied. “Oh, and Antoinette wants pictures, if it’s all right with you girls.” Taking a small detour on her way to the recliner, Hannah rummaged in a drawer of a small desk that occupied the space between the front door and the corner of the room. She came up with a digital camera.

Naomi seemed uneasy. “Um, I don’t know about having my picture taken…”

“It’s okay, sis,” Halee murmured. “You can trust Hannah.”

“Yeah,” Bethany chimed in. “Mom and Antoinette do this kind of thing a lot, but they’re totally careful with the images.”

“Super-careful,” Hannah told the frowning girl. “That’s why I use this digital camera when I want to take sexy pictures. It isn’t connected to the web.”

“Um, that’s okay, I guess,” Naomi said, then grinned. “Can I get copies?”

Hannah shook her head. “They can’t leave this apartment, sweetie. But any time you want to come over and look at them…”

Bethany smirked. “Yeah, then you can take all your clothes off and pose for a few more!”

Hannah snickered. Turning the camera on, she crossed to the recliner and settled in. “Okay. As you were.“

“Yes, damn it!” Chelsey blurted, pulling Halee’s head back down. “I was just about to come!”

The girl wasn’t kidding. Within seconds of Halee’s renewed ministrations, Chelsey was moaning ecstatically with every breath. Hannah snapped off a couple of shots, one hand holding the camera, the other toying with her juicy cunt. Her middle finger engaged her clitoris, a powerful sensation shuddering through her. She’d pushed herself right to the edge of orgasm while still in her room, and was surprised to discover that she was still pretty close. I might be able to get a couple of climaxes out of this.

“I’m coming!” Chelsey wailed. Her hips undulated, and Halee gamely held on for the ride, her tongue and fingers still working furiously.  The young girl’s ardor pushed Hannah’s own excitement up a notch, and that was all it took. She yelped as the unexpected birth of her orgasm took hold, body shuddering, teeth clenched. Chelsey released her held breath, then went limp. Hannah panted like a marathon runner as a few more hard waves shook her body, then she too relaxed.

“I think Mom came, too!” Bethany crowed.

“Sure did,” Hannah got out, her voice unsteady.

“Did you get good pics?” Halee wanted to know, lifting her head from between Chelsey’s thighs. Her mouth was glistening with the younger girl’s fluids.

“Got a couple,” Hannah replied.

“Okay,” said Bethany, consulting her hastily scribbled notes. “My turn! Naomi eats me.”

“Exactly how did you determine the order here?” Hannah wanted to know.

“Dice rolls,” Halee replied, sitting up.

Hannah guffawed with laughter. “I love it!”

Naomi turned to Bethany, wrapped a hand around the back of her head, and pulled her into a deep, sensuous kiss. Hannah realized that despite being only a minute or two post-climax, she was already heating up again.

The two girls parted. “How do you want to do this?” Naomi asked.

“Can I sit on your face?” Bethany replied.

Naomi pursed her lips thoughtfully. “I’m not sure it’ll work on the couch. Here, let’s do it this way.” Pushing herself off of the love seat, she stretched out on the thick shag carpet. A grinning Bethany practically launched, straddling her friend’s head, then lowered her dripping cunt to Naomi’s open mouth.

As Naomi’s tongue snaked out to brush her clit, Bethany let out an explosive gasp. “Oh, yeah—don’t stop!”

Hannah snapped off a few more photos, reaching down with the other hand to give her throbbing snatch some attention. This time she buried two fingers deep inside of herself, grinding her palm against the clit. The sensations were immediate and powerful, taking her to the brink of another orgasm. She carefully slowed her pace, not wanting to teeter over the edge just yet.

On the floor, Bethany was shuddering, her breath coming in hitches and starts as Naomi worked furiously with her tongue, grasping Bethany’s ass with both hands.

“Mmm, I’m close,” Bethany moaned. “Someone p-put a finger in me!”

Halee was off the couch in a flash, kneeling down next to Naomi, hand cupping the girl’s buttocks as she eased a finger into her from behind.

Hannah snapped off a shot of this exciting new twist to the lovemaking, then let her camera hand drop to her lap, her own orgasm approaching like a highballing freight train.

“OhgodohgodOHMYGOD!” Bethany howled, thrashing about as a frenzied orgasm took her. She threw her head back, her breath hissing through clenched teeth.

Hannah let herself come once more, palm grinding her clit, three fingers working furiously inside the vagina. She moaned, “Oh… oh… OH!” her voice rising to a shriek, then collapsed back in the chair.

Halee shook her head, staring at Hannah in disbelief. “Holy crap! Did you just come again?”

“Guilty,” Hannah panted.

“I feel like I could,” Chelsey admitted.

Bethany raised her head, her face flushed. “New rule. Anyone who already came is free to touch themselves,” . “It’s the people who didn’t get off yet who have to wait their turn.”

“Who’s the fun police now?” Halee grumbled.

“It’s my turn!” Naomi proclaimed. She was still lying on the floor, squeezing her thighs together. “I’m going completely freaking nuts here, you guys.”

“Poor kid. Just stay right where you are,” said Bethany. She eased her way down Naomi’s body, nestling between her legs. “Now, let’s see. One finger or two?”

“Oh God, two!” said Naomi, her voice rising in pitch, then trailing off into a whimper as Bethany penetrated her.

“We good?” Bethany asked, working her fingers in and out of the girl’s juicy cunt with a wet sloshing sound.

“Very good,” Naomi moaned, already moving her hips in time with her friend’s thrusts.

Bethany continued to pleasure the younger girl, driving her to near-hysteria. Sensing Naomi was on the cusp of release, she grinned. “Ready to get licked?”

Naomi rolled her eyes. “Please, already!”

When Bethany planted her warm, wet tongue on Naomi’s clit, the blonde girl let out a low wail.

Hannah was stunned by how quickly her arousal had come roaring back. Something about watching her daughter fuck another girl always seemed to get her engine humming in a big way. Reaching for the camera in her lap, she snapped off a new batch of pictures, capturing the action taking place on her carpet. As she aimed and clicked with her right hand, she allowed the left to steal back down to tease her clitoris. Already thoroughly stimulated, Hannah soon found herself on the edge of another climax.

Three orgasms in one shot? Why not; I’m feeling ambitious.

Like before, she held the moment of release at arm’s length, touching everything down there but her clit, still taking pictures as Naomi writhed to the caress of Britney’s mouth, alternately gasping and moaning. Then Chelsey leaned in, engaging Naomi’s mouth in a hungry kiss, and Halee began to tweak her sister’s nipples.

Unwilling to hold off for another minute, Hannah returned to her clit, rubbing furiously. “Oh, lord, I’m going to come again,” she said, amused by how matter-of-fact it sounded. Then all further thought was driven from her mind as another orgasm claimed her. Even as it subsided, she felt another building, and withdrew her finger, needing to catch her breath.

“I’m coming, too!” Naomi cried out, her body spasming wildly. She finally went limp, and Bethany popped up, grinning and licking her lips.

Bouncing to her feet, Halee crossed over to the love seat and plopped down,scooting back until her butt rested on the front edge of the cushion. “No more waiting,” she growled. “I’ve suffered enough. Get in here, Chelsey.”

“Can someone else take over on the camera?” Hannah asked, cupping her vulva as Chelsey knelt between Halee’s legs. “Right now, I really need to use both hands.”

As Chelsey got to work, plunging her tongue between Halee’s sweet pussy lips, Bethany clumsily got to her feet and crossed the room to take the camera from Hannah’s hand. Settling on the arm of the chair, she wrapped an arm around her mother’s shoulders as the red-headed woman buried three fingers deep inside of her cunt, using the other hand to engage her clit.

Hannah nestled into her daughter, finger-fucking herself furiously while applying the slightest pressure to her clit. She could already feel that fourth orgasm lurking inside, requiring only a tiny amount of stimulus to unleash it.

Halee was moaning, twisting her head to one side, then the other. “Oh, God, it’s about t-to happen,” she panted, then gave a long, low moan.

Mine too, sweetie, thought Hannah.

Bethany was snapping off one picture after another with her free hand, squeezing her mother tightly with the other arm.

As Halee’s moans escalated to shouts, Hannah allowed the finger that was pressing against her clit to bear down harder, then brought her thumb into play to give the fleshy nub a tweak. Within seconds she and Halee were crying out in unison, thrashing about as they climaxed together. Halee soon went limp, but just as Hannah’s orgasm subsided, she felt another coming hard on its heels. This time she just let it happen, raising her butt from the chair, an animal-like howl wrenched from her lips as she reached her peak.

Bethany was quick to respond to Hannah’s final moment of rapture. Launching herself from the arm of the chair to the floor, she clicked off three photos in quick succession, capturing her mother in the throes of ecstasy.

As Hannah’s last climax of the evening died away, she collapsed back against the chair, eyes closed. She hadn’t felt this spent since the final day of study for her medical boards.

Halee’s voice penetrated the fog. “Did she just have—oh my God, she just came again. That’s four orgasms! Holy crap.”

Despite her fatigue and the soreness between her legs, Hannah smiled. “Five, actually.” Closing her eyes, she sank back into the embrace of her reclining chair, blissfully content.

***

Two girls lay side by side in Bethany’s narrow bed, arms around each other. Chelsey and Naomi had taken the fold-out couch in the living room. Hannah was still out there with them; nobody had been able to pry her out of the recliner. In the end, Bethany had simply thrown a blanket over her mom before the rest of them settled in for the evening.

Hannah and the younger girls were sound asleep, but neither Halee or Bethany was quite ready to crash just yet. They’d made love in Bethany’s bed, and were now nestled together, basking in one another’s presence.

“How’s the coding course going?” Bethany ventured after a long silence.

“Pretty good,” said Halee. “I’m learning a lot, and it’s fun. But I’m already starting to think it’s gonna be mostly a hobby thing for me. You know, hacking on existing open source software for fun. Not going into development as a career.”

Bethany shrugged. “It’s not like you have to decide what you want to do with your life by tomorrow.”

“I think I already know. I want to be a chef.”

Bethany smiled. “You’ll be a great one! I mean, you’re already the best cook I know.”

“Thanks,” said Halee with a laugh. “Somebody in the family had to get it figured out. Dad was doing all the cooking right after my mom got arrested, and ‘edible’ was the highest praise you could possibly lavish on his cuisine.”

Bethany shook her head. “You don’t cook like him, but you’re sure starting to talk like him.” Both girls cracked up.

“Anyway,” said Bethany, “you’ve been doing at least half the cooking for five people for a while, huh?”

“It’s probably closer to seventy-five percent at this point,” said Halee. “I  did just a little bit at first, when I got tired of struggling to differentiate between pork chops and steak. But I found out I enjoyed doing it, and it was tastier, so I sort of started taking over. And now it turns out there’s gonna be one more at the table before too long, at least sometimes.”

“Yeah, that’s pretty wild. How’s your dad doing with that, anyway?”

“Who knows? Dad just puts the brave face on, all the time. I don’t think anyone ever really knows how he’s feeling about anything. That man’s eyes are not a window into his soul, y’know?”

“Yeah.” Bethany seemed to mull that over. “Have he and Mallory worked out custody yet?”

“Uh-uh.” Halee shook her head. “But they’re all being pretty adult about it. They seem to like each other, and that helps a lot. Some of the women my dad’s slept with over the past few years—God, I shudder even to think if it’d been one of them.”

She took a deep breath and went on. “Anyway, they’re communicating; talking on the phone and all that. I don’t know all the details. But we’re going down to Bronning the first weekend of next month, at least me and Dad are. There’s gonna be a big to-do. Mallory’s playing a gig with her old band, and a bunch of people are going to be there. Dad’s going to the show, and hopefully in the space of a few days they can get some kind of arrangement finalized.”

“Yeah, Mom and I are going down for that with Antoinette. It’ll be fun! Is Naomi going, do you know?”

“I know for sure Dad’s leaving Dawn and Maya with Stacy Wood,” said Halee. “He gave me and Naomi the option to come or not, our choice. Naomi knows about the baby; the other two don’t just yet. But anyway, Naomi was still thinking about it last I checked. I think she’ll stay here. It’s kind of up in the air whether Chels will still be in town when school starts back up, and they want to spend every second together that they can.”

“I can understand that,” said Bethany, squeezing Halee more tightly. Halee returned the embrace. They exchanged tender kisses, then drifted off to sleep in each other’s arms.

Soon to come: Chapter Twenty-Eight!

2
6
3
1

Nighttime Secrets, Part One

  • Posted on October 25, 2026 at 1:54 pm

Note from JetBoy: Who has the hot new story at Juicy Secrets that everyone will want to dive right into? NO ONE!

Joking aside, it’s been a while… but yes, we finally have a brand new story from one of Juicy Secrets’ most talented authors. If you aren’t familiar with No One’s work, there’s a void in your life that needs filling immediately, if not sooner. But before you investigate those, hug this one close. As ever, your comments and feedback are hugely appreciated.

 ***

By No One

Willow tossed and turned in her bed. Her body longed for sleep, but tonight she was trying to avoid that. At least until her stepsister came to bed. The older girl had a later bedtime, though, so Willow was having a tough time of it. Her eyes kept wanting to close, and even pinching herself didn’t help much.

She’d been nothing short of delighted when her mother married Mark a few months earlier. It had always just been her and Mom for as long as she could remember, so moving into a bigger house with a stepdad and stepsister seemed like a wild and thrilling change. And for the most part, it had been just that. Mark was nice and funny, and they got along famously from the first.

Willow had been especially excited about having a sister, though. She’d been so sure they would become fast friends—hanging out all the time, playing together and sharing secrets, as if they’d known each other all their lives.

Reality had turned out otherwise, much to Willow’s disappointment. Lily was thirteen years old, almost a grownup, and wasn’t too interested in spending time with her new nine-year-old stepsister. Oh, she wasn’t mean or rude, and seemed friendly enough the few times they spoke, but she never wanted to hang out. For the most part, she ignored Willow completely and spent all her time on her phone. Willow couldn’t imagine what could interest Lily that much—then again, she wasn’t allowed her own phone yet, which seemed totally unfair.

Lily was even less enthusiastic about having to share a bedroom with a little sister. It had seemed like a great idea to Willow at first, but things had quickly grown awkward between them. Lily clearly resented her for the loss of the privacy she’d been used to, and now Willow kind of wished they did have separate rooms.

At least she did until a week ago. By chance, some noise had awakened her when Lily came to bed, and she saw something that still made her all warm and tingly when she thought about it. Each night since then, she’d tried to fight off sleep long enough to watch Lily again.

Tonight was a losing battle, though. She’d already been tired all day, thanks to her struggle to stay awake the night before. As she felt herself drifting off for the fifth time, she simply gave in, allowing blissful sleep to overtake her.

***

“Lily! What are you doing still up?” A hushed voice from the hallway pulled Willow from her slumber. Mom’s voice.

“Chill. I was just about to go to bed,” came the reply. Willow could almost hear Lily rolling her eyes as she spoke.

“It’s past your bedtime.”

“Yeah, yeah. I said I was going.”

“And please try not to wake Willow. She’s been tired a lot lately.”

“That’s not my fault. I’m quiet.”

Mom made a skeptical sound, though ironically, it was her voice that had awakened Willow this time. And honestly, it wasn’t Lily’s fault she was tired. Well, not directly, anyway.

“Good night, Michelle,” Lily said, though she didn’t sound at all like she meant it, then Willow heard the bathroom door close. Mom let out a deep sigh, then her footsteps faded away down the hallway. Lily and Mom didn’t get along nearly as well as Willow and Mark.

Any concerns about family tensions quickly fled from Willow’s mind as she thought about what was about to happen, growing more and more excited. She still wasn’t sure why she felt like that, though.

She tried to picture it, tingling with anticipation. Lily’s probably brushing her teeth right now, maybe washing her face. In a minute, she’ll come in here and…

“Oh, crap!” Willow hissed as she realized that the curtains were closed, the room pitch dark. She wouldn’t be able to see a thing!

She quickly slipped out of bed, tiptoed towards the window, her arms outstretched until she touched their small writing desk. Scrambling onto its top, she grasped the curtains and threw them open. The full moon shone brightly outside. Perfect. She might get an even better view than before.

Willow choked back a gasp when she heard the bathroom door open. Moving as silently as possible, she clambered down from the desk and raced back to her bed, jumping in and covering herself barely a second before Lily entered the room.

Willow squeezed her eyes shut, pretending to sleep. After a few seconds, she opened one eye and risked a quick glance across the room, her muscles unclenching as she confirmed that her stepsister hadn’t noticed anything unusual. Lily was standing next to her own bed, on the opposite side of the room… her figure illuminated by the moonlight that spilled from the window.

Willow felt her heart beat faster as Lily began to undress.

She’d been quite surprised to discover, a few days earlier, that her stepsister always slept naked. Just like now, Willow had covertly eyed Lily as she took off her clothes, and felt… strange emotions she couldn’t really put into words. She’d thought of Lily as pretty from the first, but somehow there was something especially captivating about seeing her in the nude.

Willow’s heart seemed to skip a beat as Lily hooked her thumbs into her waistband and pushed both shorts and panties down her long legs and to the floor. Bending down, she unknowingly gave Willow a perfect view of her bare bottom.

There was a tingling in Willow’s belly as she took in the sight. She’d heard the expression “butterflies in the stomach” before, and it totally captured what she was feeling right then. She was a little worried that she was being kind of a creep, spying on her stepsister like this… but she had to admit that there was also a real thrill to doing something this naughty.

Lily removed one sock by stepping on the end of it and withdrawing her foot, then repeated the process with the other foot. It made Willow smile, knowing that they both took off their socks the same way.

Pulling off her t-shirt, Lily carelessly tossed it on the floor, leaving her in nothing but a bra. She reached behind her back to undo it, but seemed to be having some difficulty, clicking her tongue in annoyance. It was one of the mixed feelings Willow had about growing up: she did want to have a nice, shapely body like Lily’s, but bras looked like a genuine annoyance.

Finally, Lily managed to unhook the troublesome garment, and let it slip down her arms, revealing her budding breasts. Now fully naked, she took a long cat-like stretch, turning slightly as she did and offering Willow a great view of her entire body.

Though keeping her eyes half-closed to make it appear like she was asleep, Willow didn’t miss a second of Lily’s alluring display. Her stepsister’s breasts were still small—though much bigger than anything she had—but seemed perfect to Willow.

She wondered what it would feel like to touch them, then frowned, surprised at the unexpected thought. Why would I want to touch another girl’s boobs? Especially hers?

She allowed her gaze to travel down Lily’s body, appreciating what she saw—the flat tummy with the cute little belly button, the curve of her hips, then her stepsister’s private parts, adorned with a sparse tuft of pubic curls.

There was a weird throb building between Willow’s legs. It almost made her want to slip a hand into her panties and… what? Scratch herself? She wasn’t too sure, but whatever it sure didn’t feel like a normal itch. It was kind of nice, actually.

Suddenly, the show was over. Too soon, Lily slipped under the covers and disappeared from sight, leaving Willow disappointed, longing for more. Shoot, I was enjoying that.

An instant before Willow could close her eyes, a bluish light flicked on in Lily’s hands. Willow blinked in confusion, then realized it was her stepsister’s phone. Even at this late hour, Lily was glued to that thing. She’d get in trouble if Mom or Mark found out.

Not that I’d ever snitch on her, but still…

The light from Lily’s phone seemed especially bright in the darkness, so Willow turned away from it, slowly so as not to be noticed. Tired as she’d been earlier, though, now she found herself too distracted to fall asleep. Images of Lily’s body danced through her head, and she had to wonder if she was some kind of weirdo. Surely it wasn’t normal to ogle your naked stepsister like that. She’d even dreamed a time or two about Lily walking through the house, nude as can be and completely casual about it.

I’m probably just curious about how my body’s gonna change when I’m older… right? Yeah, that must be it. Willow found Lily’s curves were fascinating, and often wondered if she’d really look like that when she grew up. It didn’t seem likely. She and Lily were so different, after all. Where Lily was tall, she was rather small for her age. Where Lily’s hair was a striking golden blonde, hers was a drab shade of brown. Willow doubted she could turn out as gorgeous as her stepsister. There was just a certain something about Lily that she found utterly fascinating, but couldn’t quite put a name to.

Willow was reminded of a day last week when Lily had a friend over. Since it was very hot out, they’d all gone for a swim in the pool—that was another great thing about moving to this house: they had a pool now!—and she’d suddenly found herself with two teenage girls in bikinis to gawk at. Lily’s friend Daniella was a pretty Latina whose boobs were even bigger than Lily’s. A captivated Willow spent the entire afternoon stealing glances at the two older girls. In the end, she’d decided Lily was the prettiest of the two, though it was a close thing. Why that seemed to matter to her, she wasn’t sure.

A sharp gasp from Lily’s side of the room pulled Willow from her reverie. Glancing over her shoulder, she saw that her stepsister was still messing with that phone—probably watching a video of something, because she was holding it sideways. It sounded like Lily was breathing harder than normal, as if she’d been running.

Willow watched for a moment, increasingly curious. Lily seemed to be squirming under the covers and making what sounded like hurting noises. Was she in pain? Was she having trouble with her breath?

Then Lily pushed down the bedsheets a bit, and one of her hands came up to… it was hard to tell because the light was mostly on Lily’s face, but it sure looked like she was touching her boobs. Maybe even rubbing them.

Willow could only stare, her interest piqued. In fact, she was practically bursting with curiosity. Soon enough, it got the better of her, and she forgot all about the need for discretion.

“What are you doing?” she blurted out, switching on her bedside lamp.

Lily started violently, clutching the bedsheets to her chest—but not before Willow could confirm that she’d indeed had a hand on her boobs. “Jesus, Willow! You nearly gave me a heart attack!” she hissed. “What are you still doing up, anyway? Go to sleep!” She glared in Willow’s direction, or at least attempted to, but she mostly squinted in the light. “And turn that lamp off!”

“Um, I couldn’t sleep,” Willow explained vaguely, feeling her cheeks heat up as she remembered her real reason for being awake. She turned off the lamp, both to hide her blush and to appease Lily. Crap. I didn’t mean to make her mad; I just wanted to know.

“I was just wondering what was going on,” she said. “You were making weird noises.”

“No, I wasn’t.”

“Yes, you were!” Willow’s tone rose with her annoyance. Why is she lying about it?

“Shhh! Never mind that, go back to sleep. I’m gonna get blamed if you’re tired tomorrow.”

“I just want to know what you’re doing. Are you watching something on your phone?”

“No!” Lily said, too quickly and forcefully, which definitely meant yes. “Anyway, it’s not for kids. I said, go back to sleep.”

This was getting interesting. “So you’re not watching something, but also it’s not for kids? Which is it?”

“Damn it, Willow—”

“And also,” Willow spoke over her, “if it’s not for kids, how come you’re watching it?”

“I’m way older than you. It’s okay for me,” Lily replied–-pretty convincingly, Willow had to admit. It was true that Lily was allowed to watch some stuff that Willow wasn’t, like scary movies, but she didn’t think it was anything like that. No, her stepsister was up to something naughty.

“Hmmmm,” Willow stretched the sound dubiously. “I dunno. Maybe I’ll tell Mom and Mark and see what they think.”

“Do that and I’ll smother you in your sleep. Swear to God.”

The threat gave Willow pause. She didn’t think Lily was serious, but… Still, it confirmed that her stepsister was for sure doing something she wasn’t supposed to. “Just tell me, then!” she pleaded, suddenly exasperated. “Come on. Why do you never want to talk to me about stuff? I thought we’d be like real sisters and share secrets and everything. I swear I won’t tell anyone. Just talk to me. Pleeeeeease? I’ll do anything you want.”

Lily frowned, then parted her lips to reply, and Willow braced herself for another angry retort. But then the older girl paused, and considered Willow in silence for a moment. Am I getting through to her? she wondered.

After a few seconds, Lily finally said, “You’ll do anything, huh?”

“Yes!” Willow quickly agreed, overjoyed that her stepsister might finally share something with her. She didn’t care if she had to do Lily’s chores the next day or whatever. Then she thought of a worse possibility. “Wait. I’m not giving you my money, though. I’m saving up for the new American Girl doll. Well, not the whole thing ‘cause they’re really expensive but Mom said that if I can save at least—”

“I don’t want your money,” Lily interrupted. “C’mere.” She patted a spot next to her.

Willow practically leaped out of bed, excited to find out more about this mysterious thing that Lily wasn’t supposed to do.

Her stepsister raised a finger to stop her as she dashed across the room. “This is a secret, though. You can’t tell anyone, Willow. Especially your mom. Promise.”

“Cross my heart and hope to die,” Willow said solemnly, gesturing over her chest.

Lily nodded, apparently satisfied. She snatched the black t-shirt she’d discarded earlier from the floor and threw it over her bedside lamp, then turned on the light, its brightness now dimmed by the garment. They could see each other clearly enough, but the light didn’t reach much further.

Throwing off the covers, Lily moved to make some space for Willow. She sat there completely naked, and didn’t seem bothered about it one bit.

Willow knew that she was staring wide-eyed, but didn’t know what else to do. Was she supposed to look away? Lily didn’t seem to care. Taking a spot on the bed, she sat with her back against the wall. Unsure of what her stepsister expected, she tried to keep her eyes down, but her gaze seemed to shift sideways on its own, taking in Lily’s long legs, her private parts, her pretty boobs that gave Willow funny feelings down inside. Those butterflies were definitely back. Finally, Willow looked up into Lily’s eyes, afraid she’d find her annoyed or angry, but no, the teenager was simply studying Willow, an unreadable expression on her face.

Just as the silence was getting awkward, Lily finally spoke. “Do you know what masturbating is?”

Willow blinked. She hadn’t known what to expect, but that wasn’t it. “Uh, I… k-kinda, yeah?” She thought she understood the gist of it, but wasn’t at all sure of the details. The gears turned in her mind, putting her stepsister’s earlier actions into this new context. “Wait. Is that… what you were doing?”

“Yeah,” Lily answered casually, as if it was no big deal. Maybe it wasn’t, for a teenager.

“O-oh.” Willow had wanted to know what was going on, but now she was a little shocked by her stepsister’s bluntness. Lots of questions popped in her mind, and she wasn’t sure which one to ask first. “Um, why?” she finally blurted out, immediately feeling like an idiot when Lily snorted.

“Why? ‘Cause it feels good, of course.”

“Well, yeah… I–I know, but… I mean…” Willow wasn’t even sure what she’d meant to say, really. She knew it was supposed to feel good but… well, the whole situation was confusing, and she was a little distracted, her eyes repeatedly drawn to Lily’s privates. It meant her stepsister had just been touching herself there, didn’t it?

“You’ve never tried it?” Lily cut in. Willow shook her head. “Never touched yourself down there at all?”

“N-no. Well. I guess in the bath. Y’know, washing.”

“How does that feel?”

Willow shrugged. “Dunno. I guess sometimes kinda weird and tingly.” The conversation was getting embarrassing. She hadn’t expected to be asked this kind of private stuff, and it definitely wasn’t what she’d thought Lily would tell her about. “Um, what’s this got to do with what you were looking at on your phone?”

Lily looked at her for a moment, then slowly nodded. She grabbed the phone, tapped on it a bit, then laid it down on the bed for Willow to see. A video was playing.

Intrigued, Willow leaned in to watch. There were two older girls in a living room on screen. Not parent age, but older than Lily, maybe college girls? It had to be very hot where they were, because all they wore was tiny shorts and tank tops. They seemed to be talking, but there was no sound.

“What are they saying?”

Lily shrugged. “Who cares? That’s not the point.”

Willow shot her a weird look. What was the point of seeing a movie if you couldn’t understand what was going on? Still, she continued to watch. The girls talked for a bit, then one of them—a pretty blonde—seemed to say goodbye and leave. The other one—a redhead, also very pretty—sat on the couch, craning her neck towards the window. It looked like she was making sure that her friend was really gone. Once she was satisfied, she promptly undid her shorts and pushed them down her long legs.

Willow raised an eyebrow. This girl wasn’t going to… was she?

She was. The woman began rubbing the front of her panties, all the while making dreamy faces like it was the best thing in the world. Willow felt her cheeks getting hot. What kind of movie was this?

Willow soon found out that this was the tame part. Pretty quickly, the redhead decided that even her panties were too much, and casually got rid of them. Now naked from the waist down, she spread her legs wide and got back to touching herself. The camera even zoomed in on what she was doing! No details were hidden as the redhead ran her fingers all over her naughty bits, even spreading the lips wide with two fingers to reveal the fleshy interior.

Willow couldn’t believe what she was seeing. She glanced up at Lily. “What… what is this?”

Lily smirked. “Come on. What do you think it is?”

Willow had never seen, or even imagined, anything like it. But there wasn’t much that this could be other than… “This is, um… porn?”

“Uh-huh,” Lily said, then shrugged at Willow’s bewildered expression. “What? You wanted to know. I’m showing you.”

That was true enough, but… Even though she’d suspected Lily was up to something naughty, this was on another level entirely. She definitely wasn’t supposed to be watching anything like this. She should go back to her bed, maybe even tell Mom about it tomorrow.

But she didn’t. Instead, she stared at the screen, fascinated by the scene playing out before her eyes.

Now the red-haired woman was sliding two fingers between her lips and moving them up and down, even pushing them inside herself.

To Willow, that looked like it should hurt, especially with how hard and deep those fingers were thrusting, but the woman seemed to be enjoying it a lot.

After a moment, the redhead lifted her top over her breasts and began touching herself there with her free hand, occasionally pinching and tugging at her nipples. She had big boobs, way larger than Lily’s, even. Her mouth was open, and though there was no sound, it was plain to see that she was moaning.

Willow recalled seeing her stepsister fondle her own breasts like that earlier, and had to wonder if Lily had also touched herself between the legs beneath the covers. Bet she did, she decided. Already feeling flushed from watching the video, somehow it excited her even more to imagine Lily in the place of that woman, touching her privates, maybe even putting fingers inside.

She glanced sideways at her stepsister and found Lily studying her, as if waiting for a reaction. Still overwhelmed by what she was seeing, and by these weird new feelings, Willow wasn’t sure what to say, or why Lily had willingly shown her porn.

“So, um,” she hesitantly began, “you… you watch this to learn how to do it?”

Lily frowned. “Psh, no. I know how to do it.”

“Then… then why?” Willow didn’t understand. Then again, her focus kept drifting back to the naughty scene on the phone, so maybe she did see the appeal.

Lily tilted her head, looking at Willow like she’d just sprouted a second head. “Duh… Because it’s hot, of course!” She sidled closer, placing a hand on Willow’s shoulder, more gently than her tone suggested. Leaning near, she asked, “Don’t you think she’s sexy?”

Sexy? Willow kind of knew what it meant, but she’d never completely understood, as it had never applied to anything she was interested in. Now it clicked for her. The redhead girl in the video was beautiful and naughty and… strangely appealing, all at once. She was sexy.

Willow glanced yet again at her stepsister, taking in the sight of her nude body. Lily is sexy, too, she told herself. That has to be why I like watching her undress so much, right? And Lily likes looking at sexy girls, too! That reassured Willow. Maybe I’m not such a weirdo after all…

Willow nodded. “Yeah. She’s, um, way sexy.”

Lily smiled, encouraging. “Good. Now… how do you feel when you watch her masturbate?”

Willow hoped it was too dark for Lily to notice her furious blush. She shrugged. “Um, I dunno. Funny. Like… butterflies.” She slid a hand down to her lower belly, just above her private parts. “Here.”

She was afraid Lily would laugh, but the teen just nodded, like she understood exactly what Willow meant. “Yeah,” Lily said. “You get it.” She watched Willow a moment longer, then pointed at the phone. “You wanna try it yourself?”

“O-oh!” In the back of her mind, Willow had kind of suspected this was where the conversation was leading, but was still taken aback when Lily actually dropped the question.

“Um, I don’t know if I should,” she mumbled, more angling for time to think than anything else. She knew for sure that she shouldn’t, or at least that she wasn’t supposed to… but she had to admit the idea was intriguing. What would it feel like?

Lily shrugged. “Up to you, but…” Leaning back, she spread her legs a little. “It feels really good,” she added. Lightly running two fingers over her privates, she shivered.

Lily looked like such a dirty girl doing that, but watching her left Willow feeling a strange hunger deep inside. Their eyes met, and Lily winked.

Willow couldn’t suppress a giggle, and found herself smiling back. This wasn’t the kind of secrets she’d ever imagined they’d share but… Yes. Yes, she did want her stepsister to teach her these things.

“O-okay,” she said. Looking back at the video, she saw that the woman had two fingers buried deep inside her vagina and was thrusting against her hand. It looked rather forceful and, to be honest, kind of scary. “Um, like t-that?”

Lily glanced at the phone and laughed. “No, no. That’s a bit much for a beginner.” She rewound the video to the part where the woman had just removed her panties. “More like this. Rub your pussy, but start off gently. See what feels good.”

Willow watched for a moment, then nodded. Taking a deep, steadying breath, she slipped a hand beneath the waistband of her panties. She softly brushed her privates—her pussy, Lily had said—with a finger, tracing down the length of her slit, then back up again. It kind of tickled, but not in a funny way. Just a nice, tingly feeling.

She stroked like that a few more times, then pressed in a bit harder with two fingers instead of one. “Mmm.” Yeah, that was even better. It felt… right, like something big that she’d been missing out on.

All those times Willow had spied on Lily undressing, and even just now, while watching the dirty video, she’d felt a deep craving for something, but didn’t know what that certain something could be. Now, rubbing her pussy with growing enthusiasm, Willow finally had her answer.

Pushing even harder, her middle finger slipped between her little lips. Finding wetness on her fingertip, she froze. “Oh!”

“Something wrong?” Lily asked.

Willow felt her cheeks grow hot. Had she actually peed herself? She didn’t think so. Was it some kind of injury? It sure didn’t hurt–-on the contrary, it was even better. Torn between embarrassment and fear that something had gone wrong, she finally decided to be truthful. “Um, it’s wet.”

Lily chuckled. “Jeez, I’d hope so. Relax, it’s totally normal. Just means you’re turned on. The wetness will make it easier for your fingers to move around.” Reaching between her legs, she spread her private parts. “See?”

Willow leaned in for a closer look. Even in the dim light, she could see Lily’s pussy was glistening. Wonder if I’m like that down there. Moving her fingers, she quickly realized that the wetness did indeed make it easier to touch herself. It felt nicer, too.

“It’s pretty good, huh?” Lily said. She was watching Willow, and touching herself again.

“Uh-huh.” Her fingers all slick now, Willow was rubbing herself faster, and it was getting better and better with every stroke. That porn video was completely forgotten as she watched her stepsister masturbate, which was actually a lot more exciting. Lily’s legs were spread wide apart, and Willow could see all the details of her private parts. Her pussy. It was a dirty word, which only made it more of a thrill to use. Willow silently shaped the word with her lips: pussy.

“It’ll be even better if you took your panties off,” Lily pointed out.

Willow paused. That seemed kind of embarrassing, but… well, Lily wasn’t wearing a stitch, so she figured it wasn’t a big deal if she got part naked. I wonder if Lily just wants a look at my pussy, she thought, surprised by how much she liked that idea.

“Okay!” she said. Lying back, Willow lifted her butt to push off her panties and tossed them aside. She sat up, spread her legs just like Lily, then went right back to touching herself, moving her fingers in a circle the way Lily was doing.

Willow quickly realized that it felt even naughtier to do this in the open, especially when Lily was there. She liked that. In fact, she liked everything about this dirty game. The touching was beginning to feel really good, just as she’d been promised, but watching her stepsister do the same thing made it even better. She studied Lily intently, drinking in the view of her juicy pussy, her heaving breasts, her pretty face, mouth slack with pleasure. All those sexy details fed her own excitement.

After a moment, Willow noticed Lily glance at her phone and smile. Curious, she followed her stepsister’s gaze and saw that the movie scene had changed perspective. The blonde girl from earlier was back at the front door, just about to find her friend in a very compromising position.

“Oooh, she’s gonna get caught, huh?” Willow said. “How come the other girl is back so soon? Did she forget her keys or something?”

Lily chuckled. “I think it’ll be fine.”

Willow wasn’t sure what her stepsister meant, but kept watching, their touching game forgotten for the moment. The blonde entered the living room and raised her eyebrows in surprise at what she saw, her mouth moving silently. The other girl started, visibly embarrassed, and tried to cover herself.

The blonde didn’t seem shocked or bothered, though. In fact, she was grinning. She moved closer to the couch, where she and her friend exchanged some words. Willow understood now that the plot wasn’t the main draw in movies like this, but still wished she could make out what they were saying. Why did the blonde leave and then come back so soon, anyhow?

Whatever was being said, the redhead quickly calmed down, and soon they were flashing smiles at each other. Then the blonde leaned in to kiss her friend right on the mouth. And not just a peck, either.

Willow turned wide eyes towards Lily. “Whoa… they’re kissing!”

“Uh-huh,” the teenager said, as if it was no big thing.

Willow knew some girls liked other girls that way, but she’d never really given it much thought, and had never seen two girls kiss. They were really going at it, too, using their tongues and everything, like couples did sometimes on TV. Of course, on normal TV the people remain clothed, though!

Willow watched the scene, unsure what to make of it. Somehow, kissing was a lot more… interesting when girls were doing it to each other. Sexy, it was sexy. Willow began to wonder if this said something about her–-but before that line of thought went anywhere, the blonde on the phone screen broke the kiss and promptly pulled her tank top off, revealing generous breasts, maybe the largest Willow had ever seen. Thinking about it, she wasn’t sure she liked them that big. Lily’s smaller titties were much nicer.

The redhead seemed to appreciate them, though. She made a move to touch her friend’s boobs, but before she could, the blonde shoved her onto the couch, then knelt between her legs and…!

“Omigod! What is she doing?” Willow exclaimed. She couldn’t believe her eyes. “No way. No way!”

“Shhh. Keep it down,” Lily said. “That’s oral sex. She’s licking her friend’s pussy.” she added, acting like it was the most natural thing in the world.

“She’s licking… what? Eww! That’s so gross!”

Lily frowned. “No, it’s not. It’s awesome.”

“What? But…” Willow was beyond confused. Putting your tongue there? “Wait… have you done this?”

“Uh, I…” Lily looked away. “Um. Yeah, sure.”

“Really?” Willow narrowed her eyes. Lily’s tone didn’t sound genuine. “Then who… Oh! Did you do it with Daniella?”

“What? N-no! Why would you think that?”

“ ‘Cause. She’s your bestie, and you’re always together, and she’s way pretty, so, um… do you maybe like her that way?”

“I, um… That’s not… This has nothing to do with Dani!”

Was Lily blushing at the mention of doing sexy stuff with her best friend? Interesting. Willow filed this tidbit away for later consideration.

“Who, then?”

“With… someone… None of your business!”

This sudden refusal to share details made Willow even more suspicious. “I don’t believe you.”

“I…” Lily let out a big sigh. “Okay, fine. I haven’t done it. Yet. But plenty of girls do. And it’s not gross.”

Willow gave her stepsister a dubious look.

“What? Don’t you think it would be even nicer to get licked down there than to use your fingers?”

Willow thought about that, then looked at the video. The blonde didn’t seem to mind at all that she had her mouth on another girl’s pussy, and the redhead was obviously enjoying it a heck of a lot. “Hmm. I guess so. Wonder what it feels like.”

“You do, right? Me too!” Lily quickly agreed. “And… that’s where you come in.”

“What? What d’you mean?” Willow didn’t like the sound of that.

“You said you’d do anything I wanted, right…?”

“Lily! Not… that!”

“You said you would.”

“But why?”

“ ‘Cause I was having a good time imagining that hottie”—she nodded at the video on the phone—” was going down on me, then you interrupted. At totally the wrong time, I might add. So now you get to show me what it’s really like.”

Willow made a face. “But… doesn’t it taste really bad?”

Lily rolled her eyes. “No, it doesn’t. Look.” She reached down between her legs and slid two fingers between her pussy lips, coating them in her juices. Then she brought her hand to her mouth and made a show of licking her fingers clean. “Mmm. Yummy. See? Totally fine.”

Willow was taken aback by the display. She hadn’t expected her stepsister to actually demonstrate. Maybe… it’s not all that bad?

She glanced at Lily’s phone again. She’d missed part of the movie. Now the girls had switched places, and the red-haired one was licking her friend with obvious eagerness. The very idea of it seemed totally perverted, but… maybe it was normal? The blonde was clearly having an amazing time, silently crying out in ecstasy.

Willow pursed her lips as she considered. She was a little curious now, though mostly about being on the receiving end. “Hmm. Are you gonna do it to me, too?”

Lily arched an eyebrow, as if she hadn’t anticipated that question. “Err, I…” Her gaze drifted between Willow’s thighs. She mulled it over for a moment, then shrugged. “I mean… I guess I could.” Her lips curved up in a little smile a second later. “Yeah, why not!”

Now Willow liked that idea a lot more. Using her fingers down there was pretty nice, what would Lily’s tongue feel like? It sounded so naughty, too. Would she really do something like that? If her stepsister was willing to try, maybe she could return the favor. “Okay! You do it to me first, then.”

“No way,” Lily retorted. “I don’t want you chickening out on me after you come. You first.”

Willow frowned. She didn’t want to go first. What if Lily chickened out? She didn’t even understand everything her stepsister was talking about. “What do you mean, after I come?”

Lily chuckled. “Oh, right. You don’t know. Well, you’ve got a nice big surprise in store.” Her amused expression turned thoughtful. “Um, maybe. I’m not sure if you’re old enough to come, actually.”

“I am, too!” Willow blurted, determined not to be excluded, even if she wasn’t really sure what Lily meant. “Um, you promise you’ll do it to me?”

Lily heaved an impatient sigh. “Yes! Do me and I promise I’ll lick you all you want, okay?” Her smile returning, she gave Willow a playful nudge. “Come onnnnn. It’ll be fun.”

Willow tilted her head, considering. Lily’s nude body was alluring, inviting her to… do something. She didn’t fully get what she was feeling, but those butterflies in her belly sure were going wild now. Moving slowly, she rose to her knees and crawled towards her stepsister.

Could she really put her mouth there? It seemed like the kind of thing that only a really bad girl would do. Deep down, though, she had to admit that made the idea of trying it sort of intriguing. Willow had always been a fairly well-behaved girl, and right then, she felt the urge to be wild for a change. Besides, getting the chance to share a dirty secret with her stepsister held a certain appeal of its own. And finally, she was dying to know what it would feel like to have someone lick her.

Lily smiled as Willow approached. A sexy, seductive smile. Lily seemed to think Willow had made up her mind to do what she wanted.

Well, maybe I have, Willow told herself, returning a shy smile of her own. She did like the idea of making Lily happy. Maybe then they could finally be close, the way sisters ought to.

She carefully studied her stepsister’s beautiful body, very much liking what she saw. After all, I was kinda thinking about what it would be like to touch Lily while I was watching her undress, right?

An idea came to her. “Can I feel your boobs first?”

“Oh. Um, sure.” Lily sat up straighter and thrust her chest forwards, wriggling her eyebrows suggestively.

Willow giggled, positively lightheaded with anticipation. Lily’s boobs were practically in her face now, and they looked even nicer up close. Slowly, she reached out to cup one small breast, giving it a gentle squeeze. It felt soft and supple and warm, and suddenly her pulse was racing faster than ever. She glanced at Lily, who gave her an encouraging nod.

Feeling braver, Willow brought her other hand up and began to fondle both of Lily’s breasts to her heart’s content. A shiver of excitement raced up her spine. It was such a wicked thrill to touch her stepsister like this! Her mom would be furious if she knew… but that only added to the fun, she had to admit.

“Your boobs are really nice,” she whispered, her cheeks growing warm. She hoped hers would be just like this when they grew in.

“Thanks,” Lily murmured, then drew in a sharp breath as Willow brushed a nipple.

“Does that feel good?”

“Mmm-hmm.”

Willow could feel Lily’s nipples stiffen against her palms, which was a little funny, but it also seemed like a sign that her stepsister was enjoying this, so she kept playing with the firm little nubs. She liked making Lily’s breath skip, and the dreamy expression she wore. If boobs look this sexy and feel this good, I can’t WAIT to get mine!

Before long, though, Lily grew impatient. “Okay, can you do the other thing now? Please. I really need it.”

Willow looked down at Lily’s pussy. She still felt apprehensive about that whole thing, but she really liked making her stepsister feel good, so… maybe it would be worth it just for that? Besides, Lily was practically begging for it now, and Willow loved having the upper hand for a change. “Okay,” she said.

Now grinning, Lily lay back against her pillow and spread her legs wide in a very open, very obvious invitation.

Willow moistened her lips. The sight of her stepsister’s body lewdly displayed like this was adding fuel to a mounting fire. Lily was sexy as heck, and Willow wanted to do dirty things to her.

Kneeling between Lily’s legs, she slowly leaned forward, examining her stepsister’s private parts as best she could in the dim light. She’d never seen a vagina from this angle, and it was fascinating. Lily had small lips, slightly parted, and adorned with pubes so blonde they were practically invisible. It was almost cute, in a way.

Willow’s nostrils flared at the unfamiliar scent. It wasn’t really like anything she’d smelled before, but strong enough to give her pause. After a moment, she decided the thick, earthy aroma wasn’t bad, just a bit strange, and she was quickly getting accustomed to it. She drew closer until her lips were only an inch or two from Lily’s slit, then paused, preparing herself to take that first lick.

Lily began squirming. “Mm. Your breath is… kinda… tickling me.”

Willow giggled. She blew on Lily’s privates, this time on purpose, and laughed out loud when her stepsister gasped.

“God, you’re such a tease!” Lily hissed.

Grinning, Willow blew again. She liked making Lily react like this, having her stepsister wanting something from her for a change. Emboldened by the thought, she dared to give Lily’s lips a lick—just a quick one, on the side, where she wasn’t so wet.

Lily’s whole body twitched in response. Amused, Willow gave her another lick, then another. The older girl’s reaction was more subdued now, but she did let out a satisfied sigh. Where Willow was licking, it didn’t taste like much of anything, and the hair was soft and sparse enough that it wasn’t prickly on her tongue, so Willow didn’t mind continuing in this way. She licked one side of Lily’s pussy, then the other, and back again, encouraged by the blissful sounds her stepsister was making, though had yet to taste the glistening middle part.

“Mmm. Oh, yeah,” Lily whispered. Reaching down between her legs with one hand, she spread her pussy lips apart, revealing the juicy interior. The message was obvious.

Willow hesitated. She had kind of agreed to do this, and she’d gotten used to the smell—it really wasn’t unpleasant, after all—so maybe she should try a taste, at least once. Lily had even seemed to enjoy the flavor. Willow slowly extended her tongue until just the tip of it brushed the wet, pink flesh, then pulled back.

The taste turned out to be nowhere near as strong as she’d imagined. A subtle, tart flavor maybe, but nothing major. Relieved, she went in for a longer lick, letting her tongue run the length of Lily’s inner lips. Pausing to sample the flavor, she decided it was a little unusual, but thankfully nothing to really worry about.

The effect on Lily was immediate. The girl let out a loud gasp, jerking her head up to gape at Willow in surprise. Huh. Guess this must feel even better than she thought it would.

Growing bolder, Willow began to move her tongue up, then down, then back again, studying her stepsister’s reaction. Lily’s eyes rolled upwards as she lay back down, moaning softly, “Oh, my God.”

“Am I doing it right?” Willow asked, though the answer seemed obvious.

“Yeah, don’t stop!” Lily said urgently. “You’re doing great, keep going.”

Thrilled to hear the raw need in her stepsister’s tone, Willow did her best to make Lily happy. She began to give Lily’s pussy great big licks, as if she was eating an ice cream cone.

Now there came a constant mumbling from Lily, barely loud enough to be heard. “Mmm. Yeah, lick me. Ooh. Feels so fucking good. Oh, shit. Yes. Lick my pussy. Fuck!”

Willow’s ears burned to hear Lily talk that way. She’d heard her stepsister drop the occasional curse word before, but never anything like this. Their parents would surely get mad if they happened to overhear.

It felt oddly appropriate, though. They were doing sexy grown-up stuff, and Lily was using dirty grown-up words. And if Mom or Mark caught us doing this, she told herself, they’d have a heck of a lot more to be upset about than bad language.

As she continued to lick, Willow wondered if she should vary what she was doing, to find out if Lily liked some things better than others. She began to experiment—licking from side to side, pushing her tongue deeper inside, moving a little lower, then a little higher.

Lily seemed to enjoy it all, but when Willow pressed her tongue near the top of her stepsister’s privates, a violent shudder shook the teen’s body.

“Yes!” Lily hissed. “Right there, right there. K-keep doing that!”

Had Willow found the ideal spot? It sure seemed like it. She focused her attention on the stiff little nub, flicking her tongue over it again and again. Lily really loved that, gasping out loud with each lick.

Acting on impulse, Willow took the fleshy bud between her lips, sucking it like a nipple… and that’s when Lily began to shake like she was having a fit. “Yesyesyes. Oh, fuck, yes! Just like that.”

Suddenly, Willow felt Lily’s hand cup the back of her head, holding her in place. Taken by surprise, she wasn’t too sure how to react, but kept nursing at the tiny button, giving it an occasional swipe of the tongue. It seemed to be exactly what her stepsister wanted.

Lily was out of breath now, her body quivering. It felt like this was building up to something big, but Willow had no idea what.

“Oh God, yes. Suck my clit. Fuck, I’m gonna come. I’m gonna… I’m c-coming.”

Coming? Whatever that meant, it hit Lily like a blast of lightning. Her back arched up from the bed and she let out a strangled cry. It sounded like she was trying hard to keep quiet but not quite managing, finally clamping a hand over her mouth.

Willow didn’t know what was happening. She thought this was what Lily had been yearning for, but now she wasn’t sure about that. Her stepsister was thrashing and jerking around like she’d just grabbed the business end of a power cable. On the other hand, Lily wasn’t pulling away. In fact, she was frantically grinding herself against Willow’s mouth, leaving Willow unsure if she should keep licking.

Just as Willow was beginning to feel frightened by this behavior, Lily suddenly released her and collapsed in a breathless, sweaty heap.

“A-are you okay?” Willow asked, eyes wide.

Lily didn’t reply for a moment, simply lying there and drinking in the air. “I’m… I’m great,” she finally managed to say, sounding as if she’d just awakened from a dream.

Willow was still confused, but at least Lily seemed to be okay. “Um, what’s ‘coming’?” she asked. Clearly, it was a very big deal.

Lily gave an exhausted laugh. “Only the most amazing feeling in the world,” she said, her voice slowly returning to normal. “Holy shit. Wow. That was even better than I expected.”

Willow sat next to her stepsister. She grimaced as she realized that her lips, and even her cheeks, were all wet and sticky from Lily’s… juices. She wiped it off as best as she could with the back of her hand.

She still felt sort of weird about what she’d just done, but it was clear that Lily had enjoyed herself a heck of a lot. Noting her stepsister’s blissful expression, Willow was rather proud of herself. I gave her those good feelings, she thought.

Now she was dying to know what this “coming” business felt like, though. “So now it’s my turn, right?”

Lily chuckled. “Yeah, yeah. Gimme a minute to catch my breath, at least.”

Willow fidgeted, nervous anticipation building up inside. She eyed her stepsister’s nude body as Lily rested. Even after what she’d just done, it was hard to believe that this beautiful, sexy girl was really going to lick her private place. She did promise, though. Willow felt tingly all over again, just imagining what it would be like.

Lily slowly pushed herself up, then stretched languidly. She cocked her head to one side, studying Willow in silence. Her gaze drifted down, between Willow’s legs. After a moment, she said, “Take off your shirt. I want to see all of you.”

Willow promptly obeyed, whisking her top off and casting it aside. It was only when she saw Lily’s eyes roam over her body that she felt self-conscious about being totally naked, her face growing hot. I’m not sexy like her, and with no boobs at all...

But Lily was nodding approvingly as she looked Willow up and down. “You know… You’re pretty cute, little sis,” she murmured, sounding a little surprised herself. “Could be a major hottie in a couple of years.”

Willow was practically giddy with delight. She couldn’t recall ever getting such a lovely compliment from Lily. And she sure never called me ‘sis’ before, either. Maybe this means we can start being more like friends…?

The smile Lily gave her was certainly encouraging. “Lie down,” she said, nodding at the bed.

Again, Willow quickly complied, stretching out on her back, arms at her sides. Despite her arousal, she felt all jittery as she watched Lily crawl up to sit next to her.

Her stepsister looked serious, focused. She examined Willow’s body for quite a while, which didn’t help with the jitters. Finally, she raised a hand, paused for a few heartbeats, then reached out to touch Willow’s chest, lightly brushing a nipple with her fingertips.

Willow giggled. “That tickles,” she said, though it wasn’t the kind of tickle that she minded. Not at all.

The corner of Lily’s mouth curled up in a crooked smile. She gave the nipple a gentle pinch, then laid her hand against one breast, moving the palm in a circle. Willow inhaled sharply as those tickly feelings got a lot more intense.

Lily didn’t seem to mind her lack of boobs. If anything, she looked rather pleased, almost fascinated as she caressed Willow’s flat chest. It’s her first time too, Willow reminded herself. She liked the idea of sharing this first experience with her stepsister.

Lily began trailing her fingers downwards, leaving goosebumps behind, until she reached Willow’s lower belly, and paused. Her gaze remained glued on Willow’s privates for a moment, then she looked up, meeting Willow’s eyes, and softly brushed the little lips with her thumb.

Willow jumped reflexively at the contact. Much more than a tickle this time, it was more like a jolt of pleasure, spreading out from her pussy. As Lily moved her thumb up, down, then up and down again, Willow began enjoying the sensation more and more. It was similar to when she’d touched herself earlier, but also different in some ways. The fact that she never knew exactly when Lily would move, how much pressure she would put on, and all those little details, made things even more tantalizing somehow.

“Mm. This is nice,” she murmured.

It wasn’t really what her stepsister had agreed to do, but Willow soon forgot about that. Her mind was elsewhere, riding those delicious waves of pleasure that Lily was sending through her body. She found her breath getting short, and was reminded of how Lily had breathed funny earlier as well. Had she made her stepsister feel this good? She sure hoped so.

When Lily withdrew her thumb, it felt like Willow had been abruptly woken from a very happy dream. She was about to complain, but her stepsister said, “Spread your legs,” and the excitement came back ten-fold. Lily was about to do the naughty thing! Well, the naughtier thing.

Willow helpfully opened her legs in a V shape, and watched in anticipation as Lily crawled to get between them.

“Wider,” Lily said, giving Willow a daring look.

Giggling, Willow obeyed, spreading her legs further apart to give Lily enough space to lie on her stomach between them.

For a rather long time, Lily remained there, tilting her head one way then another, examining Willow’s private parts in exacting detail. Willow had never felt quite so exposed before.

“Well, don’t just stare at it,” she said. “It’s embarrassing.”

Lily smiled at her, but she still kept looking for a little bit longer. Apparently she wouldn’t be rushed. Finally, though, she drew closer and deposited a gentle kiss right on Willow’s pussy.

A gasp escaped Willow’s mouth. Lily’s lips felt silky soft on her privates, even nicer than the thumb had been. Or maybe it was just the thrill of doing something even dirtier.

Lily locked eyes with her, then bent down for another kiss. Willow gasped again, she just couldn’t help it. On the third kiss, Lily’s mouth remained in place on her privates, then Willow felt something hot and wet slip between her pussy lips.

She let out a little moan. Lily was actually doing it! Licking her pussy! That tongue felt simply wonderful as it slid between her folds, slowly exploring her intimate parts. Lily had been right, this was better than fingers. A flick of the tongue made her moan again, a bit louder.

Lily paused. “Shhh.”

“Sorry,” Willow whispered. “Keep going.”

Thankfully, that marvelous tongue quickly went back to work, moving all over her pussy in the most delightful way. It licked her outer lips, before pushing between them, so deep that Willow almost thought it would go inside her, then it began swirling around, and it felt like magic.

She was reminded of the girls in the porn video. The one on the receiving end had looked ecstatic while the other one was between her legs, and now Willow completely understood the feeling. Who could have thought that this dirty stuff felt so good? She closed her eyes, enjoying this new world of pleasure.

Then Lily suddenly stopped. “Willow!” she hissed urgently. “Keep it down! Or we can’t do this.”

Oops. Willow hadn’t even realized she’d been loud. “Can’t help it. Feels so good,” she said, finding herself out of breath.

Rolling her eyes, Lily reached for her pillow and threw it over. “Moan into that, at least.”

“Okay! Please do it again,” Willow pleaded before putting the pillow over her mouth.

It was a good thing, too, because a little cry escaped her as soon as Lily’s tongue slipped back between her pussy lips. It was hard to tell how loud it had been, but Lily kept going, so Willow assumed her voice was muffled well enough.

For long minutes, her stepsister did all sorts of very dirty things that would have shocked Willow just a short time ago, but now she couldn’t get enough. Lily’s magical tongue gave her sensations that she had never imagined before as it lapped and nudged and circled.

Willow remembered well how Lily had reacted when she’d licked her little bud, and now she could see why. The strongest jolts definitely came when her stepsister licked near the top of her naughty bits. Lily seemed to want to take her time, though, not focusing on any one part for too long, and Willow was happy enough to ride the waves of joy.

Something stronger seemed to be building up inside her, though. Her pleasure was slowly rising, higher and higher. She loved it, of course, but… could she even take much more? She was already breathing hard, moaning constantly into her pillow, but it felt like something even bigger was coming. It was almost scary.

Then Lily began licking her bud in earnest, and Willow found out that there was an even higher level of bliss. Everything she’d felt up to now was kicked up a notch. She cried out. She couldn’t think of anything but her stepsister’s tongue licking her pussy. She felt like she was going to burst.

And then she did. Or that’s what it felt like. Bursting with ecstasy. Lily had taken her to heaven. Her body thrashed around but she couldn’t really stop it. It was all she could do to keep the pillow in place, and she was pretty sure she’d wake up the whole house if it wasn’t there. She was vaguely aware of Lily holding her down and licking, licking, licking… until it was too much.

It turned out that it was possible to have too much pleasure. Her pussy had become even more sensitive somehow, and now the flick of Lily’s tongue was growing uncomfortable. She couldn’t even articulate her thoughts at this point, though. She tried to close her legs, but Lily’s head was in the way. Her stepsister seemed to get the message, though, and finally pulled away.

Willow let the pillow drop away from her face. For a long moment, she lay there panting, trying to catch her breath, trying to recover from the mind-blowing experience. Finally, she managed to blink her eyes open, and found Lily sitting next to her, flashing a satisfied smile.

“So?” Lily said.

“I came,” Willow murmured, finally getting what the big deal was.

“You sure did. How was it?”

Willow smiled. “The most amazing feeling in the world.”

“Told you.”

Lily grinned back. She reached out to brush a strand of hair out of Willow’s face. Then she suddenly bent down and pressed her lips to Willow’s.

Taken by complete surprise, Willow didn’t know how to react. Lily was kissing her? And definitely not like you kiss a sister. What was she supposed to do?

Before she could make any decision, though, Lily pulled back, looking as surprised by the kiss as Willow.

“Why’d you do that?” Willow asked.

Lily shrugged. “Um, I dunno. Just wanted to see what it was like, I guess.”

Willow pondered that. After all they’d just done, a kiss on the lips didn’t seem like that big a deal, but Lily looked embarrassed. “It wasn’t bad,” she offered. It had been brief and she didn’t get a good feel for it, but Lily’s lips were soft, and that felt nice.

“Heh. Maybe, yeah.” Lily looked away, then cleared her throat. “Anyway, we should probably get some sleep.”

Willow pushed herself up, then felt a bit dizzy and shook her head. “Coming” took a lot out of you, it seemed. “So it was really the first time you did that? The thing with the tongue, I mean? ‘Cause you’re real good at it.”

Lily laughed, her good humor restored. “Thanks! I might have gotten some ideas from… y’know.” She nodded at her phone. “But you weren’t bad yourself.”

Willow grinned, pleased by the compliment. If she’d made Lily feel anywhere near as good as what Lily had done for her, that was something to be proud of. Still, she was in a mood to tease her stepsister a bit. “So… are you sure you never did it with Daniella?”

Lily’s cheeks flushed slightly. “No! I mean, yes, I’m sure! Why do you keep bringing up Dani?”

“Well, you like her, right? Really like her.”

“Says who?”

“Says me. You’re blushing.”

“No, I’m not.”

“You want to lick her pussy.”

“Shut up.”

“You want to have her babies.”

“What? That’s not even how it works, doofus!”

Willow sang, “Li-ly and Da-ni…”

“Brat.”

“Sit-ting in a tree…”

Lily glared. “Willow. If you sing one more word, I’m never gonna lick you again.”

Willow immediately swallowed what she’d been about to say and shut her mouth.

Lily eyed her sternly for a moment, then nodded. “Better.”

Willow noticed right away what her stepsister was hinting at, and she liked the idea a lot. “So… we’re gonna do it again? Fool around?”

Lily made a show of thinking about it, but she was obviously pretending. “Maybe we can fuck again, yeah. If you’re good.”

Whoa… is THAT what we just did? Her heart racing again, Willow blurted out, “I’ll be good!” Could they really make this a regular thing? Willow was giddy at the thought.

“Well, we’ll see,” said Lily. “But, remember, this is a secret. Tell no one at all. If the parents find out, we’re so dead.”

Willow motioned zipping up her mouth.

Nodding again, Lily snatched her pillow back and let herself fall onto the bed. “Okay, I’m tired now. Buzz off.” She playfully slapped Willow’s bare butt.

Giggling, Willow gathered her PJ’s and padded over to her own bed.

“Shit, look at the time,” Lily muttered. “If you’re tired tomorrow, as far as your mom’s concerned I had nothing to do with it.”

Willow repeated the zipping motion.

“Good girl.” Lily yawned, turned the light off, and pulled the covers over herself. “ ’Night, Willow. And, well, thanks. Gotta say, that was… really nice.”

Those words sent a surge of joy through Willow. She couldn’t even remember the last time her stepsister had been this friendly. Maybe this will make us more like real sisters, she thought. “ ’Night, Lily.”

Smiling, Willow settled into her bed. She suddenly felt exhausted, enough that there would be no trouble falling asleep now. It occurred to her that she might dream about her naked stepsister again… only this time she’d be naked along with Lily, the two of them doing some very dirty things.

Soon to come… Part Two!

4
13
5
5
1
3
4
1

The Evil That Men Do, Chapter 26

  • Posted on October 14, 2026 at 2:41 pm

For a brief description of what takes place in each of the previous chapters, visit this page.

For a list of the characters from the story you are now reading, visit this page. 

For a list of the characters from the previous two stories that you will encounter here as well, visit this page.

And now, dear readers, we make our way into the next installment. Read on…

by Rachael Yukey

Feel my pain
My words are in vain
I believe it’s the end of innocence 
Symphony X, 2011

Nettie settled into her Kia, her thoughts in an uproar. Through the windshield she could see Melissa Brentshaw disappear into a Beamer SUV parked half a block ahead. It crossed her mind that the poised, career-conscious woman must be rattled indeed to take a chance on driving after the three strong drinks she’d just consumed.

Suddenly Nettie’s hands began to shake. She gripped the steering wheel, knuckles whitening, heart racing. Taking a few slow, deep breaths to steady herself, she reached for her phone, fumbling for the number she wanted.

Uncharacteristically, it took Bridgett four rings to pick up. She was usually on the line before the first ring was done. “Hello, Nettie. How did the interview go?”

“It was… Jesus. How fast can you get Miller conferenced in, Bridgett?”

“Ummm…” A moment’s pause. “Actually, Nettie, she’s here with me now. I’ll put you on speaker.”

“Hi, Nettie,” said Miller’s voice, in unusually honeyed tones. A much-needed surge of amusement did wonders for Nettie’s jangled nerves.

“Hello, Tisha,” she replied, unconsciously referring to the FBI agent by her nickname, something she’d never done before. “Listen, both of you—we’ve been on the wrong track the whole time. I’m pretty damn sure that Jacob Brentshaw wasn’t the killer at all.”

“Maybe you’d better explain that, Nettie.” Miller’s voice had gone cool and professional.

“Okay—this is gonna sound weird and maybe irrelevant, but stay with me for a minute. I had a dream last night. One of those dreams that I think might be memories trying to surface. In the dream, Anna and I were in that trailer, and we could hear the guy we called Creepface talking to a woman on the other side of a wall from us. In the dream, she called him David. Not Jacob,  David. I didn’t think much of it at the time; thought it was either a warped memory or maybe just plain fiction. Anyway—”

“I’m sorry, Nettie,” said Bridgett, “but you’re right. It doesn’t seem relevant.”

“Bridgett, please. Hear me out. I just left my meeting with Melissa Brentshaw. Turns out she wasn’t aware of a lot of details regarding her brother’s conviction. She says she didn’t want to know, and I believe her. Anyway, shit went next-level when I asked her if she knew why Jacob cut all the hair off his victims. She didn’t fucking know about it. Whoever interviewed her fifteen years ago really half-assed the job.”

“That’s not entirely fair,” Latisha put in. “Melissa was a minor, and her mom only allowed the interview on the condition that she not be told anything that might upset her. You have to approach kids with—well—kid gloves, and you’re kind of at the mercy of the parents.”

Nettie rested her head against the back of the seat, mulling this over. “That actually makes all the sense in the world, in light of the story I just heard. I’m betting her mom didn’t want you to hear what Melissa might make of it.”

“Are you implicating her mother?” Latisha wanted to know.

“I don’t have a solid basis for that,” said Nettie. “Still—okay, here’s the story Melissa told me. After she got a few drinks in her; finding out about the hair really shook her up. See, it turns out that back in those days her older sister Shannon was hanging out with an older married guy, and probably having sexwith him. I have a name: David Cesaneus.” She spelled it.

“Shannon would still have been a minor when it first started,” Nettie went on. “The dude’s wife died when his twin daughters were two years old or so. Shannon kept spending time with him, and Melissa thinks she turned into a sort of surrogate mom. She also thinks those girls were being abused.

“Anyway, the girls died in a fire when they were ten. All the hair was burned off of their heads, and right before the burial service, Shannon cut all the hair off the heads of Melissa’s dolls. Then she tried to force her way into the funeral home and put the hair on the dead twins.”

“Holy shit,” said Bridgett.

“There’s more,” said Nettie. “Melissa said two other things that I think are important. First off, the family believes David Cesaneus is an illegitimate cousin. Melissa says there’s a big family resemblance to back it up. That means we might just have a male family member only a few years older than Jacob Brentshaw, who also resembles him a bit. We need to get a picture.”

“I’m already running a records search,” said Latisha. “What was the other thing?”

“She also told me that within a few weeks of the Brentshaw arrest, Cesaneus moved out of the area. She doesn’t know where to.”

“So what you’re saying,” Bridgett said slowly, “is that maybe Jacob Brentshaw wasn’t the actual perp. That maybe this guy David, and Shannon Brentshaw, are the guilty parties. But it still doesn’t fit the facts, Nettie. Jacob was there. He offered no defense at his trial. He was convicted.”

“Christ, Bridgett, I know that,” said Nettie. “But that doesn’t mean I’m wrong. Just that we’re missing a piece of the puzzle. Or maybe a few pieces. I don’t know, I—”

“Got something,” Latisha interjected. Her voice was drawn, tense. “Couple things. First off, Melissa’s story checks out. David Cesaneus lived in a rural residence just a couple of miles from the Brentshaw farm. He worked for a dairy farmer, and free lodging in an old house on the property was part of the compensation package. He lived there with his wife and two daughters. The wife died in a boating accident in 1992, with four different intoxicants in her system. The little girls died eight years later when the house caught fire. After that he took up residence in Le Croix, Iowa, and seems to have mostly sustained himself through picking up odd jobs, right up until the Brentshaw arrest.”

“So where did he end up?” Nettie’s words came out in a rush.

“This is where it gets interesting. He crossed the border into Mexico just a couple of weeks after Brentshaw was arrested. He used his passport, so we have a record of the crossing. From there? Seems to have moved around South and Central America quite a bit over the next decade and a half. Uses his American credentials to take up residence in Venezuela for a bit. Gets arrested on a drug charge in Argentina; spends a year in the clink, then gets deported. Probably ended up back in Mexico. Who knows? Records can be spotty in that part of the world.

“And then,” she went on, “about six months ago, he comes home. He’s currently living in an apartment in Le Croix, Iowa. He doesn’t appear to be employed.”

“Holy hell,” murmured Nettie. “We’re onto something here.”

“That’s not all,” said Miller. “I have a smoking gun. Let me pull it back up—”

Nettie heard a sharp intake of breath from the other end of the line. “Fuck me raw,” said Bridgett.

“Yeah,” Miller agreed.

“What the fuck are you two on about?” Nettie demanded to know.

“I’m going to text you a picture, the most recent one I could find,” said Miller. “I want you sitting down first. Are you sitting down?”

“I’m sitting, for chrissakes,” said Nettie, fuming.

“Okay,” said Latisha. “Here it comes.”

A moment later, Nettie’s phone chimed. She stabbed at the notification box, bringing the text up. Her jaw fell open as the image appeared on her screen. The man in the picture was seated at what looked like an outdoor cafe, the chairs and tables rickety, the surrounding faces mostly Latin American. He was wearing an easy grin.

“Ho—holy fucking hell,” Nettie got out through suddenly dry lips. “That’s a match for the Heather and Gina Dulcey sketch. It’s him.”

“No question,” Bridgett agreed.

“Is it enough?” Nettie wanted to know. “Tell me it’s enough. If you can bring him in, and Shannon too, maybe we can piece together the stuff that’s still missing. Like what Jacob’s involvement really was.”

“I’d have a fifty-fifty shot of getting a warrant as we stand right now,” said Latisha. “But we can improve those odds. Nettie, how fast can you get to the trailer park in Forbes?”

Nettie caught on at once, and immediately summoned up Google Maps. “You want me to show Heather and Gina that picture. It’ll take—” she squirmed in her seat, the five additional seconds it took for the route to appear seeming an eternity— ”Christ. About seven hours, assuming I don’t even stop to pee. Can’t you send somebody? Even if they have to come from the metro, that’s four hours instead of probably eight.”

“Calm down, Nettie,” said Latisha. “There are two problems with that. First, this is an unsanctioned investigation, and I’d have to pull some stunts to justify throwing official resources at it. Second, April Dulcey isn’t letting any of my agents near her girls. You’re the last person she let in, probably because you’re the one who rescued them. It has to be you.”

“She wouldn’t have let me in, if Gina and Heather hadn’t seen me first.”

“So make sure they know you’re there. Use your wits. But get access to those girls, and wave that picture under their noses. I have a few more I’ll send you, too. If they can positively ID him based on a photo, we’ll get our warrant, and I should be able to squeak by any questions about where my info came from.”

Nettie sighed. “That seems like an awful time lag, especially considering that realistically, I’ll get there so late that I’d have to visit tomorrow morning.”

“It can’t be helped,” said Bridgett, “and anyway, Nettie, they’ve just been sitting around not causing any trouble ever since we got the Dulcey girls out from under them. That’s like six weeks now. Another twenty-four hours shouldn’t make a difference.”

“Melissa Brentshaw is a bit of a wild card, though,” Latisha put in. “Do you have any reason to believe she might alert her family?”

“No,” said Nettie. “I guess we can’t rule it out, but you weren’t there when she found out about the hair. I thought she was going to pass out. If anything, I’m thinking we might have to set up some kind of protection for her. If her people find out she’s been talking to us—”

“We’ll cross that bridge when we come to it,” said Latisha. “For now, why don’t you get started on the drive to Forbes? No need to rush; like you said, you won’t be talking to them until tomorrow. Head directly to Virginia, and I’ll set up a reservation in the same hotel you stayed at before. Then you can visit the trailer park first thing in the morning.”

Nettie let out a heavy sigh, knowing this was the best she was likely to get. Keying the ignition, she pulled the seatbelt around her waist. “All right, then,” she said. “I’m out of here. Get your people ready to roll, Tisha, because we’re on the right track. You know it and I know it.” She killed the connection, tossed her phone into the passenger’s seat, then savagely shoved the gearshift into drive.

***

The late-model Toyota SUV glided to a halt in front of the old farmhouse, lights winking out as the driver killed the engine. A solidly built man sporting a mullet and goatee stepped out, stretching his limbs as he looked around the place. He fixed his gaze on the living room window, mouth widening into a grin at the blonde-haired, pixie-faced beauty holding a curtain aside and watching him from within.

Giving the man a radiant smile of her own, Mallory let the curtain fall back into place, and was out the front door mere seconds later, making her way gracefully across the front porch and down the steps.

Roger Keeting met Mallory at the bottom, sweeping her into a warm hug. She threw both arms around him, resting her head against his broad chest. Taking a step back, she held him at arms length, giving her old friend and bandmate a head-to-toe once-over.

“You’re looking great, Roger!”

Roger smiled. “So are you, but you’ve got one up on me. You didn’t have to lose eighty pounds to look amazing.”

Mallory laughed. “You did it, though. That’s something to be proud of. Me—” she twirled a lock of hair dramatically—”it’s not as special when beauty just comes naturally.” They both laughed. “Seriously, though, Roger—well done. Would you rather come inside, or pull up a lawn chair?”

Roger glanced in the direction she was indicating, where a handful of weathered but sturdy chairs were arranged around a firepit. “Mind sitting outside?” he said. “It’s nice out, and I’ve been cooped up in that damn car all morning.”

“Of course I don’t mind, silly. Make yourself at home. Need something to drink, or a bite?”

“Naw, I’m good.” Roger made a show of offering his elbow in courtly southern gentleman fashion. Giggling, Mallory took him up on it, and they sauntered across the lawn to the chairs.

“Where’s Julie?” Roger wanted to know as he took his seat.

Mallory waved a hand in the direction of the machine shed. “She’s got her Jesus hat on. Says she’s going to raise antique tractors from the dead.”

Roger guffawed. “Sounds like a totally Julie thing to do. I’ll have to check it out before I leave.”

“Let me give her a call real quick. She was gonna come in and get washed up before you got here, but you’re a bit ahead of schedule.”

Roger held up a hand. “Let her be—I’ll go out there and say hi in a few minutes.” He looked at her sidelong. “How’ve you been, Mal?”

“Good. It’s really nice, being home for a bit. How about you, Roger?”

“Couldn’t be better. Looking forward to being home for a bit.”

Mallory pursed her lips. “Until you called me this morning, I was under the impression you weren’t gonna be here till next week.”

“Well, I wasn’t planning to,” he said. “But something’s come up. Something I need to talk to everyone about, but me and Jamie wanted to run it by you first.”

Malllory’s eyebrows lifted. “You and Jamie?”

Ralph blew out his breath. “Do you remember when we had people from EMI and Warner Brothers looking at Devil’s Warehouse, thinking of picking it up and releasing it internationally?”

Mallory felt a smile tug at the corners of her mouth as she thought back to their third and final album, that fleeting but glorious moment when 80 Proof seemed on the cusp of being picked up by one of the biggies, and from there boarding a rocket train to the stars. Two major labels had taken an interest in signing them, but both ultimately passed them over.

“Yeah, I do. Good times while they lasted.”

“Remember what that A&R guy from EMI said to us?”

Mallory nodded. “No clear direction. We were too eclectic for them.”

“Correct. They thought we had great songs, but that we needed to pick a lane. Which would have been a solvable problem, if they’d been willing to let us record a new album. But they wanted something they could just drop on the shelves, without sinking a lot of dinero into it.”

“I was there, remember?”

Ralph chuckled. “I know. Anyhow, we might also have tanked the deal with our attitude. We thought the corporate suits were being totally douchey about the whole variety-rock vibe, and maybe that showed through a little bit. But you know—I’ve had occasion recently to re-evaluate our stance on that issue.”

“Yeah?”

“Yeah. I’m part of a weekly live Youtube show that talks about all things hard rock—I’m pretty sure I sent you the link at one point. Have you checked it out?”

Mallory gave him a rueful smile. “I skimmed through one or two. You’re a charismatic speaker, Roger, and it was kind of fun, but you know—not my scene. I just couldn’t get into a discussion of the minutiae of Uriah Heep’s eighty-seven zillion album discography, and the relative merits of each record. I thought you were great at it, though.”

Ralph laughed out loud. “That’s twenty-four albums, missy, with another on the way next year. And I’ll defend Abominog as their finest release until my dying breath. But that’s neither here nor there.” He shifted in his chair.

“Anyway, the YouTube thing is mostly for a laugh, but we have a huge following, and we’re starting to make some decent money from it. Jamie’s been a guest half a dozen times or so, and might become a permanent contributor. She already would be, if her schedule wasn’t so hectic. But anyway, just by pure chance, she had a guest spot on a show that we called ‘What The Hell Is The Point Of This Band’? Basically we were looking at bands that are so eclectic you can’t really put a finger on what they are, and it’s almost impossible for them to find an audience, at least on a larger than regional scale. And I’ll be goddamned if Tim Sheldon didn’t show up with a copy of Devil’s Warehouse. He picked it up in the bargain bin at one of the Twin Cities outlets that used to carry our stuff, and he had no idea I’d been in the band.”

Mallory burst out laughing. “That’s—wow. Maybe your friend kind of beat up on us, but I’ll bet that made for some hilarious moments.”

“You bet your ass it did. They couldn’t have pried my jaw off the floor with a crane. Jamie was in about the same state. Tim was pretty gracious about it; once we told him that was our old band, he offered to put it aside and do one of his honorable mentions. But we said no, no, go ahead. He proceeded to savage us, and be highly complimentary at the same time. He praised our musicianship, the arrangements, and he loved Julie’s production job—but he also said we did almost all of our best writing within a certain space, and we didn’t stay in that space long enough to do us any good. He was cool and funny about it, so we all had a good laugh.”

Mallory’s eyes grew distant. “Pretty much what the A&R people said. And hey, maybe they weren’t wrong. Doesn’t matter much now, I guess.”

“What if it could be made to matter again?”

Mallory sat up straight in her chair. “What are you saying, Roger?”

“Okay, look. After that show, I went back and listened to our old albums. I mean, right then, just locked myself in my office and played all three of ‘em straight through. Here’s the facts: the quality of the songwriting varies a lot more than I thought at the time. And you know what? The best shit happens when we’re writing in a heavy rock vein, with little progressive twists. The folksy stuff and the southern-fried stuff all sounds like poor imitations of Lynyrd Skynyrd or the Flying Burrito Brothers.”

Mallory gave him a smile. “Oh, Roger, I figured that out a long time ago. It’s a combination of the way Jamie writes guitar parts and Ralph’s vocal style, I think. Occasionally we struck gold with a pretty good ballad or something like that, but we were at our best as a prog-tinged heavy band. That isn’t even my favorite stuff to listen to, but it’s the space where we really sounded like us.”

“It wasn’t just Jamie and Ralph,” countered Roger. “You were a big part of it, actually. You really stood out when Jamie was laying down something crunchy and cool, and left you free to add these soaring compound harmonies, or put on a Hammond organ synth patch and make the walls rumble. Or the way you’d stick little twists and turns into the arrangements. That music lends itself to complexity, and you’re in your zone with that sort of thing. Then there’s Katie—she may be listening to the latest Lady Gaga bullshit, but it ain’t the way she plays drums, or how she writes lyrics.”

“You have a point about Katie. Her words always blew me away.”

“For sure—but when she tries to write a love song or something like that, it’s terrible. You can’t market her lyrics to a pop audience; they’re never going to get into something like ‘The Devil’s Own’, or ‘Beggars of Babylon’.”

“It seems to me,” said Mallory, “that you’re not giving credit to one very important element. Good old in-the-pocket Roger, taking our flights of fantasy and sewing them together into arrangements that made sense.” Roger spread his hands modestly.

She took a deep breath. “Roger, are you talking about giving this another try? Because I have to tell you—I can’t see myself diving back into the clubs and trying to shop around some indie record nobody cares about. It was great fun when I was a kid, and I wouldn’t trade the experience for anything… but at our age? It doesn’t make sense.”

Roger shook his head. “No, no—that’s not what I’m talking about at all. Hear me out. After we did that YouTube show, Jamie kind of did that same thing I did, but right now she’s on the road doing a Cathy Harrison tour. Cathy came into the room when Jamie was listening to it, wanted to know what it was, and ended up checking out our entire last album. She agrees with everything that was said, but she thought the best stuff was amazing, and wants to help us out.”

Mallory realized her mouth was hanging open. “Are you serious right now?”

“As a fucking heart attack.”

“I dunno, Roger—Cathy’s on Geffen, right? Getting inked by a label like that was a stretch even then… but in 2022? I don’t see it. Rock of any description is simply not a mainstream commodity anymore.”

Roger nodded. “I agree. And I guess Cathy does too, because she’s not talking about trying to hook us up with Geffen or anything like that. She knows an A&R lady for Nuclear Blast, which is one of the biggest hard rock labels in the world these days. This chick says she’d be willing to come out for the show in Dickson in a few weeks. Maybe even a few days early, talk with us and listen to a rehearsal. What do you think?”

Mallory sat back in her chair, rocked to her core. Was this another shot at the ring? If it was, did she even want it? And if she did, was it something she could reasonably pursue? She knew she wouldn’t arrive at the answer to any of these questions in the next five minutes.

“You haven’t talked to Katie or Ralph yet?”

Roger shook his head. “Jamie and I agreed we should talk to you first. I’m a hundred percent sure Ralph would be up for it, and about ninety percent sure we could get Katie. You’re the wild card, and I don’t want to get Ralph and Katie all worked up over it if it’s a no-go.”

“I—” Mallory thought fast. “I mean, it’s not entirely out of the question, but I’d have to know what it entails. There’d be—conditions, I guess. I could walk away from teaching and not look back, but I’d need room to continue my work as a pianist and composer. And speaking of wild cards, here’s one you don’t know about, Roger. I’m pregnant.”

Roger opened his mouth, closed it again. “Oh,” is all he managed to come up with.

Mallory grinned. “Didn’t see that one coming, did you? And I don’t know how much of a showstopper that would be—a lot would depend on what the first year’s schedule looks like, and obviously the money would have to immediately be a number higher than zero.” Her smile faded. “But listen, Roger—if this is something the rest of you really want, and it turns out I can’t participate, don’t let that stop you. Replace me, and go with God.”

Roger shook his head vehemently. “Uh-uh, no way. Jamie and I both agreed it has to be all of us or none, at least to take this initial shot. Maybe if it works out and we have to replace someone five years down the road, it’ll be a different situation—I mean, you mentioned Uriah Heep earlier. The only original member is Mick Box, and they’re making some of the best music of their career. But right now, the interest in 80 Proof is based on the way the five of us write music together, and we need that to get launched. And we especially need you and Jamie working together again. Almost all of our best songs started with ideas you two brought in.”

Mallory turned her eyes to the heavens. “Think the magic will still be there?”

Roger shrugged. “I’m willing to gamble quite a bit on it, actually. Assuming Nuclear Blast decides to take us on, if there’s any shortfall between what we need to get rolling and what they’ll advance us, I can underwrite by selling off a couple of companies I control. And I will.”

“You’re really serious, aren’t you?”

“This is my dream, Mallory. I’m one hell of a businessman, and I’ve done well for myself managing companies, but what I really want to do is play rock n’ roll. I’ll take a lifestyle hit to do it, but I realize not all of you will, or can. I’ll go the extra mile to make sure no one has to.”

Mallory nodded. “How soon does this A&R lady need to know whether there’s something to come and check out?”

“Ideally she’d like to come down the week before, while we’re rehearsing. That only leaves two weeks. Sooner is better.”

“Okay. Let me think a little, and talk to Julie. I’ll have an answer by this time tomorrow.”

“Great! If you say yes, Jamie is going to fly out as soon as the Harrison tour wraps up, which is next week. That way, the two of you can maybe do a little writing. Find out if that magic is still there. I’m betting it is.”

Roger stood up, stretching his arms above his head. “Wanna wander over to your dad’s old shop? I’m dying to see Julie, and I kinda want to get a load of this resurrected tractor.”

***

Heather Dulcey’s face had turned a ghastly pallor. “That’s him, all right.”

Gina Dulcey only nodded. She was nestled in Nettie’s lap, trembling uncontrollably.

Nettie stroked Gina’s hair. “Is that a yes, Gina? I’m sorry, but I need to hear you say it. We want to arrest him, and we have to make sure our ducks are in a row.”

“Y-yeah,” the child got out in a whisper. Tears spilled onto her cheeks. “It’s him. He—my tummy—the stick—” Nettie drew her close. Gina buried her face in Nettie’s shirt and sobbed.

Nettie smoothed Heather’s hair with her free hand. The girl was pale and silent, unshed tears in her eyes. “You’re sure, Heather?”

“A hundred percent. Who is this guy, anyway?”

Nettie shook her head. “The less you know right now, the safer both of you are. But I promise you this: I’m going to do everything in my power to make sure this twisted bastard never comes near either of you ever again.”

“I hope you fucking kill him.” Heather’s voice was ice-cold.

“I’ll settle for behind bars,” Nettie replied, not exactly disagreeing. “But if that’s going to happen, I have to get in touch with some people that can take action, now that we have your confirmation that this is the man we’re looking for. And that means I have to go.”

Heather nodded. Now the tears came, streaks of moisture coating her cheeks, but her eyes never left Nettie’s. “Will we see you again? After it’s over?”

“Is that what you want?”

Gina lifted her tear-streaked face from Nettie’s breast. “I want you to come back. Please come back, Nettie.”

Heather was nodding. “I—I want that, too.”

“Then I will. I’ll come back when there’s time to spend, and maybe we’ll go out and do something together, if your mom will allow it.” Nettie had her doubts about that; April Dulcey had been even less pleased to see her the second time around. She hugged both girls fiercely, then lifted Gina from her lap and set her on the cushion beside her. She slowly got to her feet.

“Go get him, Nettie,” said Heather, her hands clenched into fists. “Make sure he can never do anything like this to anybody ever again.”

***

“Both Dulcey girls verbally confirmed it, Tisha,” Nettie was saying. She swung her car out onto Highway 7, accelerating smoothly as she merged into the southbound lane. “The man in the picture was their captor. They’re both a hundred percent certain. We’ve got him.”

“Excellent,” said Agent Miller. “I’ve got warrant requests for David Cesaneus and Shannon Brentshaw ready to go and am sending them… now.”

Nettie blew out her breath. “Thank Christ.”

“Don’t get too excited. This is going to open a massive can of worms, and we could lose them both on a technicality if we don’t play all our cards exactly right. And there’s still a decent shot that the Shannon Brentshaw warrant will be refused—we’re on shaky ground with that one. We might have to arrest David, and go after her later.”

“I guess I’ll take what I can get. How soon will we hear back on the warrant?”

“Monday morning at the latest. The DA’s office already has a heads-up that the request is coming, and they know it’s for something serious. They won’t drag their feet.”

“Okay. I’m driving home now. Keep me posted, will you?”

“Will do. And Nettie?”

“Yeah?”

“I want you on my team. Or at least our team. You might just have just solved a decades-long murder/kidnapping case.”

Nettie scrunched her lips. “Maybe. The whole Jacob Brentshaw thing still doesn’t make sense to me.”

“Me either. Maybe questioning David or Shannon will clear things up.”

“Yeah—maybe.” As she signed off, Nettie was chewing the inside of her cheek.

***

The enormous garage door set into the front wall of the machine shop abruptly began to roll up. Roger and Mallory, about ten yards from the building, stopped short in surprise.

“It sees us coming,” Ralph commented, “and its gaping jaws of death open with malevolent intent. The beast slavers, preparing to swallow us whole. We better beat feet, Mal.”

Mallory chuckled. “It starts getting warm in there around mid-morning. Julie always cracks the doors open about now, front and back both. Gets the air flowing through the building.”

Sure enough, the widening chasm revealed Julie crossing the shop floor towards her project, oblivious to their presence.

“And there goes tall, dark, and scary, deep into the belly of the beast,” said Roger. Julie whirled at the sound of his voice, a delighted smile lighting up her face. “She’s gone too deep, Mallory,” Roger went on. “You can go in after her if you want. Me, I’ll look after my own hide.”

“Look at you!” said Julie, striding back in their direction. Her faded old jeans were streaked with grime, as were her arms and hands. Her t-shirt was the cleanest-looking thing about her, but only because it was already black. “You got skinny!”

Roger let out a deep, booming laugh. “I’ll never be skinny, Jules. Let’s just say I’m a healthy BMI now and leave it at that.”

Julie stopped an arm’s length away. “Seriously, you look fantastic.” She raised her grubby arms and grinned. “Want a hug?”

Mallory snickered. “Go on, hug her,” she said. “I double-dog dare you.”

Roger took a step back. “Just this once, I’ll pass. Mallory tells me you’re resurrecting the dead.”

“Bet your ass! Come take a look.” Waving her arm in a come-on gesture, Julie led them towards the back corner of the shop.

As they crossed the shop floor, Roger took in the view of the faded green John Deere, looking strangely naked with its hood removed. His head swiveled, eyes fixing on the camera stands. “What the… Are you filming this?”

“Every step of the process!” said Julie. “It was Mallory’s idea. I was bitching about how little practical info you can find on fixing these things, and said there ought to be a YouTube channel. She said I should start one, so I did. I ended up having to rebuild the pony engine, which took a few weeks. I had to wait for parts to come in, and have the crankshaft turned. But that gave me time to edit what I’d filmed. I have a whole series on the pony engine rebuild now—eight videos. And I’ve got, like, five thousand followers already! How fucking cool is that?”

Roger was laughing. “I think it’s the most redneck goddamn thing I ever heard of in my life.”

A grinning Julie aimed a clumsy kick in his direction. “You better knock that off… I’m the messiah up in here. Don’t be throwing shade during a resurrection, you heretic!”

Laughing, Roger made the sign of the cross. “That’s as far as I go. Don’t expect me to kneel before the altar.”

Mallory’s attention was centered on the machine. “You remounted the pony engine.”

Julie nodded enthusiastically. “Yup. I need to turn the cameras back on, then finish reconnecting the last of the linkages. Once I do that I can do a fast test-start just to make sure the pony engine fires off, and after lunch Dad’s gonna bring his pickup over so we can tow this bitch outside. I don’t really want to try starting the big engine in here, not if I don’t know whether I’ll be able to drive it out of the building right away.”

Roger was shaking his head. “And a pony engine is—”

Mallory’s hand shot out, covering his lips with three fingers. “Just don’t even ask.”

On to Chapter Twenty-Seven!

2
2
1

How I Spent My Summer Vacation, Part One

  • Posted on October 8, 2026 at 1:41 pm

By Purple Les, with Cariad & JetBoy

I first discovered masturbation in February, when there was snow on the ground. By the time spring came and flowers were in bloom, I was an expert at getting myself off. Once it was summer and warm enough to go swimming, I was making myself come at least once or twice a day.

Though only fourteen, I’d decided a few months earlier that I was gay. When all my friends started swooning over boys, I didn’t get it at all, though I went through the motions for a few months. Then I saw two girls kissing on some TV show I was only half-watching, and I just knew.

I didn’t tell anyone, not even my best friend Rose. So there I was, dealing with these new but oddly familiar desires, crushing on half the girls in my school – not to mention a few of the teachers and a couple of Mom’s friends.

So even though I had no sexual experiences to speak of, my days and nights were filled with thoughts about cute girls and beautiful women.

Almost anything would get me in the mood to finger my pussy. An underwear model in a magazine, a sexy scene on TV or in a movie, or pretty much any glimpse of a scantily-dressed woman.

There was one girl I especially liked to picture naked while touching myself. Her name was Ivy Rubinoff, she was my age and hot, really hot. Her mom was a teacher I’d had the previous year. Ivy was my biggest crush, but there were plenty of others who got my motor humming. Heck, I couldn’t visit the mall without seeing lots of ladies and girls I would’ve loved to fool around with.

Honestly, when I masturbated, all sorts of weird stuff might pop into my head. I even fantasized about having sex with my mother a few times. At first, some of the stranger fantasies left me feeling a little uncomfortable, but I soon got over that. It wasn’t as if I was doing anything bad, just using my imagination.

On this one hot day, I was looking out the second story window of my bedroom at the driveway. My sister Beth was with her friends, washing my dad’s car. He’d offered to pay them five dollars apiece if they did a good job. The girls were quick to accept, but I bet they would’ve done it for free just to have an excuse to spray each other with the hose.

Beth was in her red one-piece swimsuit. Her friend Dani was in a revealing neon green bikini. They’re both ten years old. Beth’s other friend was there too, nine-year-old Annie. She wore a white t-shirt and tight denim cut-offs.

They’d just finished rinsing the car, and Annie was squirting the other two with the hose. I guess they deserved it. Seconds earlier, Beth and Dani had dumped the bucket of wash water over Annie from behind, leaving her soaked.

I almost expected Annie to burst into tears, but instead she snatched up the hose and let her friends have it. As she moved, I realised her white shirt was all but transparent and I swear I could make out her tiny nipples, hard and poking against the wet material.

I could not resist the urge to put a hand down my shorts as I watched Annie exacting her revenge. She gleefully sprayed the hose full blast at Beth and Dani, targeting their cute butts in particular.

What got me especially excited was that Beth and Dani seemed to be enjoying this watery onslaught. They would even turn and bend over to get their backsides squirted, and I found myself wondering if you could get an orgasm that way.

Last year, my little sister and her friends just looked like goofy kids to me. This summer, especially now that I’d figured out my sexuality, they looked, well, sexy. Blonde haired Dani was the tallest of the three, a head taller than my sister Beth, who had mousy brown hair like mine. Annie, with her bright red hair, had the nicest looking ass. I knew it was wrong to feel that way, but the three of them were making me hot.

I worked a finger up into my wet pussy as Dani wrenched the hose from Annie and stuck it down the back of her denim shorts. Annie shrieked, though she didn’t run away, and my sister laughed uproariously at the sight.

That was when I heard Mom shout through the kitchen window, “If you’re done with washing the car, stop horsing around and put the hose away.”

“Shit,“ I muttered. The show was over. They turned the water off, put the hose and bucket away, then Beth announced to Mom that they were headed to Annie’s house.

Once the girls left, I took off my shorts and panties, stretched out on the bed and began to finger my pussy. I suspected they would continue their little hose game over at Annie’s place. I soon came hard, thinking how hot it was to see them getting off like that. They were getting off, weren’t they? I mean, they had to be. Or was my dirty imagination working overtime?

Now in post-orgasmic bliss, I felt a little weird about getting turned on by such young girls. They weren’t even teens yet, and one of them was my little sister. On the other hand, it seemed silly to stress myself out over a mere fantasy. I certainly had no plans to make a move on my sister or her friends.

***

A few days later, Beth, Dani and Annie were playing in our backyard when Mom called me into the kitchen. She was seated at the table, making out the grocery list. “Hon, can you keep an eye on Beth and her friends while me and your father are at the mall? We might make a stop at the hardware store, so it could be a couple of hours before we’re back.”

“Sure,” I replied. “Just keep them out of trouble, right?”

“That’s right,” Mom replied with a grin.

She paused for a moment and our eyes met. She looked at me as if about to say something, then didn’t. I’d almost forgotten how beautiful my mom was. She was wearing a low-cut top that displayed her breasts to impressive effect. Lost in the moment, I glanced down to take a good look, licking my lips without thinking.

Luckily, Mom didn’t notice. “Let’s see, now… no playing with matches, no climbing on the roof, no operating heavy machinery without a licence. Most of all, no boys!”

“Okay, Mom,” I said, laughing along with her.

She kissed my cheek and I felt her warm breath on my ear. “See you in a few.”

As she and Dad got in the car, I heard her telling Beth, “All right, your sister is in charge while we’re gone. Try not to drive her too crazy.”

When the car pulled out of the driveway, I was already experiencing familiar stirrings of arousal, so I went to the den to look for this novel of Mom’s that has some hot lesbian sex scenes in it.

The den window was open, but the heavy drapes were drawn closed except for a small gap that let the air in. I was scanning the book for the dirty parts, but put it down for a second to sneak a peek at the girls. I peered through the curtains to see the Three Amigos jumping rope, chanting sing-song rhymes.

Dani had on a long red t-shirt, and her pert little nipples were clearly visible through the thin material. Beth was wearing a green t-shirt and blue gym shorts. They didn’t match, but she still looked seriously cute. Red-headed Annie wore her familiar denim cut-offs and a white t-shirt. Once again, I had to marvel at what a sweet bottom she had.

This time, though, it made me feel kinda like a creep to be perving on such young girls, so I forced myself to stop spying and returned to Mom’s book.

I stopped reading and peeped outside a couple of minutes later when I heard what sounded like an argument. The girls were in the same place but having an intense discussion of some kind. It didn’t look like I’d need to intervene, so I went back to my reading. I’d just got to the part where these two women were sharing a heated kiss, so my motor was humming along quite nicely.

However, I put the book down again when things went silent. Any experienced babysitter knows that when kids go quiet, it’s cause for concern. I looked out through the drapes, but couldn’t see the girls. I sighed, figuring I would have to go look for them, but suddenly they came back into view. They were near the house, about ten feet from the window where I was watching.

I tried to start reading again, but when they began to speak, I couldn’t help but listen. I put the book down and looked back out of the window, making sure I wasn’t seen.

“Go on and do it, Dani. No one can see us back here,” Beth whispered.

I heard Dani reply, “If I do, you’d better do what you promised, Beth.”

Annie added her two cents. “If you don’t, we’ll strip you bare naked.”

I saw Beth smile. “Don’t worry, I want to. But I can’t do it through your clothes, can I?” She folded her arms, clearly waiting for something to happen.

They were quiet for a moment, then Annie said, “Come on Dani. Do it.”

Dani glanced around before saying, “Okay. I will.”

My heart pounded in my head as I watched Dani pull off her long t-shirt. I shoved a hand down my pants as I saw her boyish chest and puffy pink nipples. She stood proudly in her denim cut-offs.

All three of them giggled, then fell silent as Dani undid her shorts. With a smug grin, Dani pushed her shorts and powder blue panties down, then stepped out of them. I couldn’t believe this was happening. Dani stood in front of the two other girls wearing only sneakers, hands on her slim hips. She smiled and spread her legs apart, her blonde hair moving gently in the breeze.

Annie said, “C’mon, Beth, your turn.”

I was trembling inside as I watched my little sister get down on her knees in front of Dani, reach up to grasp her bare bottom with both hands and cover that perfect little pussy with her mouth. From what I’d been able to see, Dani had just a tiny tuft of blonde hair over her slit, like a small paint brush.

Dani moaned, “Ooooh… It feels too good. I gotta lay down!”

She spreadeagled herself on the lawn, legs wide apart. Now my sister was on her hands and knees, licking and kissing Dani’s slit. Annie knelt alongside, stroking Dani’s flat chest while she smiled approvingly at what my sister was doing.

Dani’s breathing grew increasingly harsh, and within a few minutes she was coming. As I watched, the most intense orgasm I’d ever had smashed through my body.

We all froze at the sound of car doors slamming. Fuck! The parents were home. I leapt to my feet, fumbling for the button of my pants, then kicked Mom’s dirty book beneath the sofa.

I rushed out to greet Mom and Dad, and help carry the groceries in. “Where are the girls?” Mom asked me, glancing around.

“Still out back,” I told her. “When I last looked, they were jumping rope.”

“Well, the house is still standing and the police aren’t here, so well done!” Mom said as she went indoors with a couple of grocery bags.

My sister and her friends appeared soon after, looking more or less normal. I figured Mom would think the girls’ flushed faces were from skipping rope, but I knew better.

***

I couldn’t stop thinking about what I’d seen. How long had my sister been eating pussy? What else were the three of them up to? For the next few days, the girls’ little sex party replayed in my memory every time I rubbed myself off. Some of the orgasms I was giving myself were unbelievably intense.

I couldn’t help looking at Beth differently, yet nothing really changed between us. I couldn’t bring myself to tell her what I’d seen. I was afraid if she knew I’d spied on her, she’d be furious with me.

Even worse, I desperately longed to make a move on her. My own sister! Then as soon as I admitted my true feelings, I’d be racked with guilt. Then later, I might see her emerging from the bathroom wrapped in a towel, or sauntering around the house in a t-shirt and panties, and I’d get turned on all over again.

I still ached to bring up the topic of sex with her, especially sex between girls. It seemed so easy while I was frigging myself to a massive orgasm. But then I was back in the here and now, and the very thought of saying something to Beth like, “Hey wanna watch me rub one out, sis?” or, “Can I see you naked?” seemed utterly ridiculous.

I also had to admit to feeling jealous that these little brats were experimenting with real lesbian sex, while I was practically a woman and had never even kissed another girl.

***

Things changed in a big way one Friday evening, two weeks after Beth’s last sexcapade with Dani and Annie.  Our parents were attending a dinner his office was throwing, and Beth was going to Annie’s for a sleepover. Dani was going to be there, too.

A few days earlier, I was snooping around in Mom and Dad’s room and found something incredible under a pile of People magazines in my mother’s nightstand: a porno DVD that had what looked like a seriously hot lesbian scene. I didn’t have time to watch it then, but that Friday night, once my parents left, I planned on getting naked, plunking myself in Dad’s reclining chair and watching that DVD. I was going to see how many orgasms I could give myself. My record for a single evening was three, but I was determined to better that.

I’d purposely gone without touching myself the night before, so I was feeling antsy and impatient for my parents to leave. That’s when Mom came into my room, looking fantastic in a low cut, tight-fitting dress. Like I said earlier, she’s still incredibly sexy, so much that once in a while I touched myself, imagining her naked and in bed with me. Hey, that’s what fantasies are for, right?

Unfortunately, Mom was actually there to ruin my plans for the evening. She told me, “Change of plans, sweetheart. Annie’s mom is sick, so the sleepover has been moved to here. We’re still going out, so you need to keep an eye on Beth and her friends. You won’t have to do much, just herd them into Beth’s bedroom around ten and tell them not to make a ruckus. We’ll be home around midnight. And don’t pout, young lady. It’s not like you have anything better to do.”

Yeah, right, I thought. Just give up my big night of fingering my pussy. No way can I watch that DVD with Beth and her friends there! Even worse, they’ll probably be having sex right next door in Beth’s room, so I can’t even watch them fuck.

An hour later, Mom and Dad were gone, and the Three Stooges were playing tag in the back yard. Figuring I ought to make the effort to be a good hostess, I got graham crackers, marshmallows and chocolate together to make s’mores and put some coal in the hibachi. The girls rushed over when they saw the small fire. They were somewhat out of breath from their play, happy to take a break and just hang out for a while. We sat around the hibachi, gorging ourselves until all the gooey treats were gone.

By the time the coals began to die down, I’d had enough of ghost stories, school gossip and slapping away mosquitoes, so I suggested we move the party indoors. That was met with groans of protest – at least until big, heavy drops of rain began to fall, changing their tune in a hurry. Squealing in alarm, they dashed into the house with me close behind. I didn’t have to worry about the hibachi; the rain would put the fire out right away.

Settling down on the sofa, I idly flipped through a magazine while the girls ran around the house like idiots. I’d completely forgotten a crucial rule of babysitting: never give kids that much sugar close to bedtime.

I’d been staring at a picture of a young female swimsuit model and beginning to feel that familiar pulse between my legs when I glanced up at the wall clock. It was still a little early, but close enough to the appointed hour that I could go ahead and send the girls upstairs. Maybe once they were settled in, I could still go to my room and masturbate.

“You can stay up talking or whatever in Beth’s room as long as you want. Just get into whatever you’re sleeping in and brush your teeth,” I said, still trying to act like a responsible babysitter.

The girls left, but in less than five minutes they all wandered back downstairs. They hadn’t even got into their pajamas!

Now I was getting frustrated, “Come on, guys. Back upstairs. All I’m asking is that you at least stay in Beth’s room. You don’t have to go to sleep, just settle down. Will you do that, please? For me?”

“If you take your clothes off, we will.” That was from smartass Dani, who didn’t miss a beat. There was a gleam in her eyes as she issued her challenge. Annie and my sister Beth seemed to be both shocked and extremely amused.

A lot of things ran through my mind. Should I tell Dani that  if she didn’t behave I’d have her parents come pick her up? Should I exert my authority as a fourteen-year-old and tell her I’d put her in her pajamas myself if I had to? That sounded like a good option. I could use my physical superiority over her and maybe get to strip her down to panties. Yeah, I sort of like that one.

Instead I was surprised to hear myself say, “Well, if I’d known that’s all it would take to get you to listen, I would have done it sooner.”

We were all already barefoot. I pulled my t-shirt off over my head and tossed it aside. I was rewarded with three sets of huge, appreciative eyes and three gaping mouths.

It had me tingling all over, knowing that I was actually turning these young girls on! I slowly undid my shorts, pushed them down and stood in front of them in my red bra and panties, hands on hips.

“You’re really pretty,” Annie squeaked out.

Beth, my own sister, whispered, “Totally hot.”

Dani didn’t say anything, just gave a nod of agreement, but she was clearly just as excited as the others.

I noticed how their eyes were running up and down my body, their flushed faces and fidgety movements. It reminded me of how I could get when I really, really needed to masturbate.

Annie ventured, “I love your boobs.”

Even though I barely filled an A cup bra, I guess my tits did look good compared to what they had. By then, I was so aroused I lost what little sense I had, and decided to give them a really sexy show. I reached back, unhooked my bra and took it off.

The girls were so thrilled that I went all out and pulled my panties down. I let them get a good long look, then turned around and slowly bent at the waist to pick up my clothes, letting them see everything. Yeah, I was being a big tease, but what the heck; they loved it.

Facing the girls again, hands on hips, I said, “Okay? Upstairs now?”

“Um… you wanna come hang out with us?” Dani asked. She tried to maintain eye contact, but couldn’t stop checking my body out.

My sister looked a bit startled by her friend’s offer, but Annie loved the idea. “You totally should!” she exclaimed. “We could play Truth or Dare or, or something.”

I wanted to. God, how I wanted to. But I was still feeling weird about getting turned on by my sister and her friends. They’re just kids, I told myself. Don’t even think about it.

“Maybe some other time,” I said. “I’m kinda tired.” Gathering up my clothes, I made for the stairs. The girls followed me, and I could practically feel their eyes on my ass.

They filed into Beth’s room and I went into mine, which was right next door. Taking Mom’s dirty book from under my pillow, I opened it to the page I wanted, then hesitated.

Okay, I admit it – I was on fire with curiosity, dying to hear what was going on in my sister’s room. It’s not like I’m doing sex stuff with them, I told myself. I put the book aside, picked up a half-full glass of water I had on my nightstand and drained it in a couple of swallows, then placed the top of the empty glass against the wall, putting my ear to the bottom.

Right away I heard Dani say,, “Your sister doesn’t have as much pussy hair as mine does, but she sure is hot. Her tits are awesome!”

Dani’s big sister is my best friend Rose, who is in the same grade as me. I’d been crushing on her ever since figuring out I liked girls

Beth said, “I haven’t seen my sister with all her clothes off in ages. God, she’s way sexy!” I shivered when I heard that.

Annie was saying, “Go on, take your clothes off.”

Beth said, “Yeah, I can’t wait. Come on, let’s all get naked!”

“Yeah, let’s,” Dani chimed in.

I heard giggles, then Dani said, “Do me first, okay? God, I’ve been thinking about this all day.”

More giggles, then Annie said, “Here, let me.”

Then it was quiet – too quiet. For a long while, all I could hear was murmured words, too soft to make out.

I couldn’t think straight. Okay, it was totally wrong for me to be thinking of my little sister and her underage friends fooling around, especially if I was getting excited by it. I knew that. But the thought of them naked and playing sex games had me knotted up inside. I was so wet that it was oozing down my inner thighs.

I stepped into the hall, still naked. That alone had me ready to come. Creeping down to my sister’s door, I put my ear to it. A brief silence, then I just made out a soft, “Mmmm, yeah, that’s so good.”

I couldn’t stand this for one more second. I had to see this for myself. I had to!

Turning the doorknob ever so slowly. I inched the door inward just a bit, then a little more until I could slip inside. I pushed the door closed, careful not to make a sound, and stood pressed against the wall. My middle finger was drawn to my pussy like a magnet, and I began to stroke it up and down.

The room was lit just by a small lamp on Beth’s night stand. The light was warm and not too bright. No one had seen me come inside.

Annie was on her knees with her back to the door, so I was able to feast my eyes on her bare bottom. It looked even better than I’d imagined.

The girls were all nude and down on the floor on two spread-out sleeping bags. I could see Annie’s arm moving as she rubbed herself off. The other hand was playing with Dani’s puffy nipples. Dani didn’t see me either, because Annie was blocking her view.

My little sister Beth was also facing the other way. In fact, she was lying between Dani’s legs, face buried in her friend’s pussy. I almost came right then looking at Beth’s ass wiggling around while I watched her go down on her friend. I was struck how good my sister looked naked.

It was Annie who gave a soft gasp of surprise as she turned her head for a moment to flick her long red hair back, then spied me lurking in the shadows.

She was stunned at first, then gave me a big smile as she saw what I was doing. As she turned toward me, I saw that she had a finger buried in her pussy.

Annie said, “Look, guys.”

Dani and Beth were both startled, then they grinned with delight when they saw what I was up to, knowing they weren’t in trouble.

Me, I was pretty nervous at first – then I had to laugh at myself. Who was I trying to kid? I’d wanted to get caught, have the girls invite me to join in the fun and games. After all, I could’ve spied on their little sex party from the hallway, rather than enter the room stark naked and close the door.

Her eyes never leaving mine, Annie got up, padded over to where I stood, took me by the hand and guided me over to where we could kneel on either side of Dani. My sister gave me a bashful smile, then went back to licking Dani’s pussy.

Annie and I began to stroke Dani’s upper half while we fingered ourselves. We watched each other masturbate while Dani gazed up at the ceiling, dreamy-eyed with pleasure.

Suddenly she cried out, clutching our hands to her flat chest as she began to climax. I knew she was coming because she looked just like me when I had an orgasm. Sometimes I like to study my reflection in the bedroom mirror while getting myself off.

Now Beth was on her knees, licking her lips. My head swam as I drank in the view of my little sister’s nudity. I’d always thought she was pretty, but now I saw her as the sexiest creature imaginable. Her barely-there breasts were capped with hard pink nipples. Her tummy was flat with a cute belly button, and her hips were just beginning to flare. Then there was her pussy, a smooth pink cleft that made my mouth water.

I ached to taste her… but she was my sister. I kept telling myself, You can’t do that. You can NOT do that. The words didn’t do a thing to lessen my hunger, though.

As if she could read my mind, a grinning Annie said, ” Hey, Beth… why don’t you do that to your sister?”

Beth’s mouth dropped, and she stared at her friend in disbelief. “Huh?”

Dani chimed in, “Yeah, Beth. Lick her pussy.”

Beth gave me a timid glance, but I noticed that her eyes were drawn between my legs. Staring at my pussy, she said, “Um, well…”

“Aw, come on, Beth,” Annie pleaded.

“Yeah,” Dani insisted, her arms folded. “You guys got to watch me and my sister do each other. It’s only fair we get to see you fuck your sister.”

I was absolutely floored. My best friend Rose, who I’d known since kindergarten, was having lesbian sex with her kid sister!? It was like falling into a black hole and emerging in a different universe.

I couldn’t dwell on that, though. Not with the shy smile my sister was giving me. She’d clearly got over her shock. “Is it okay?” Beth said, touching my arm. “Can I… do stuff to you?”

Head spinning, I struggled with the realization that my sister wanted this, for the two of us to have sex.

And let’s face it, I did too. No point in lying to myself. I’d been having dirty thoughts about Beth ever since figuring out that I liked girls, all the while pretending my desire wasn’t real. And if she felt the same way about me… then to hell with right or wrong, we were going to do this.

So just like that, I lay down on her bed, my legs spread wide for my sister. Propping myself up on both elbows. I heard my voice speak, saying, “Go ahead, Beth. Do what you want to me.”

It dawned on me at that moment that I’d lost any power I had over my sister and her friends. I was at the mercy of three preteen girls, yet I didn’t care. In fact, I was thrilled.

Dani and Annie got on the bed to kneel on either side of me. Annie began to feel me up, running both hands over my tits, while Dani bent to take my nipple into her mouth. Beth was kneeling between my legs.

All I could think was, I’m gonna get my pussy licked. Just like in Mom’s book. But this was better than the book, way better. I was stark naked and spread out like a feast for three cute, horny little girls. And if that wasn’t freaky enough, the one about to go down on me was my little sister.

The first touch of Beth’s tongue was heavenly, even better than all the fantasies I’d had of sex with another girl. I moaned, “Oh my God, that’s s-so good,” spreading my thighs even wider.

As Beth ate my pussy, I thought of Rose. My friend. There was a hidden side to her that I’d never imagined. She liked girls, and somehow I never knew it. Then there was her little sister. How long had Rose been having sex with Dani? My thoughts ran wild as I imagined the two of them fucking. Then I let the fantasy get really wild. Now Annie and Beth were there, all four of them naked on Rose’s double bed, Rose licking her little sister while the others watched.

Did Rose go down on Annie, too? And… could she have done it to my sister? Did all three of these kids have sex with Rose? At that moment, anything seemed possible. I thought of my little sister doing my best friend, just like she was doing me. That should have made me jealous, but instead I was turned on like crazy. Then I pictured myself with all of them at once, having the most amazing sex party ever.

That was enough to set me off. The most mind-fucking, intense orgasm washed over me, leaving me limp and satisfied as I lay, breathing heavily, on the bed.

“Wow! She came really hard,” I heard Annie say, clearly impressed.

“I’ll say,” Dani added. “Hey, Beth… how’d you like licking your sister?”

“It was awesome,” she sighed, wearing a huge smile.

I gently touched Beth’s smiling face, wet and shiny, smeared with my pussy juice. I kissed her briefly on the lips, then curled up on the bed, licking the juice from my fingers. Finally I rested both hands between my legs, feeling warm and content. The girls stood looking at me, whispering to each other and smiling.

Beth gave Annie a nudge, and she was soon climbing onto the bed, rolling me onto my back. “Wanna lick me now?” she said. All I could do was nod. “Then stick out your tongue.”

I did as I was told, licking my lips in anticipation as Annie slowly straddled me, lowering her pussy to my face. My eyes drank in every nuance of her hairless sex, then my mouth was on her.

Annie rode my tongue as I licked, probed and feasted on her pretty pussy. It was my first time giving oral to a girl, and I loved it!  She seemed to love it too, moaning and hugging herself. Wanting more, I put both hands on Annie’s ass and fondled it. Her cheeks were silky smooth.

Sure enough, she gasped, “Oh, wow!” a shiver racing through her body. That made me feel confident enough to go even further.

I started to use an oral technique I’d read about in my mom’s Cosmopolitan magazine: moving my head back and forth while plunging my tongue into Annie’s wetness like a piston. Sensing the approaching peak of her pleasure, I tongue-fucked her even faster.

Annie’s orgasm was signaled by a choked cry, the tensing of her legs and the taste of little girl sweetness on my tongue. It reminded me of the flavor I’d sampled many times on my own fingers.

Finally begging me to stop, Annie dismounted my face and collapsed at my side, breathing hard. Her hand found mine, and she mumbled, “Thanks.”

“Sure,” I replied, then let myself rest for a moment.

When I could focus again, a glance at Beth’s alarm clock told me it was after eleven. The girls were ready for more fun, but I told them to chill because Mom and Dad could be home at any moment. As far as I was concerned, that was the end of the night’s festivities. The youngsters were disappointed, but there was no way I was about to take a chance getting caught. Anyhow, I figured they would be fucking like crazy once the parents were asleep.

They waved goodbye as I shut the door. I hurried to the bathroom and took a quick shower, then got dressed and headed downstairs. I pretended to have fallen asleep on the couch, and Mom and Dad were none the wiser.

The kids came down late the next morning and had breakfast, acting as though nothing had happened. Me, I was already wondering when the four of us could get together again.

***

A couple of days later, Dad was at work and Mom had stepped out to meet a friend for lunch. Beth was downstairs watching TV. Feeling restless and horny, I got naked, stretched out on my bed and started to masturbate.

Soon there was a soft knock on my door, and I heard Beth ask, “Can I come in?” I had two fingers buried in my pussy, while using the thumb to make little circles around my clit.

Without hesitation I answered, “Sure.”

I almost came as I saw the look on my sister’s face when she opened the door to find me playing with my pussy. Beth was barefoot and wearing denim bib overalls with a tight t-shirt underneath. She stood between my legs, licking her lips like a cartoon wolf about to gobble up a baby lamb. That’s when I knew we were about to have sex.

I stopped masturbating and sat up on the edge of the bed, making sure to keep my legs spread apart. Taking Beth’s hands in mine, I drew her close. “Do you and your friends ever kiss?” I asked her. “Real kissing, I mean.” I’d learned how to kiss during the winter with a boy, not long before I figured out I was gay. Roger was very good at it, but I knew it would be a lot nicer with a girl.

“Not really,” Beth declared. “What’s the big deal with kissing, anyhow? Rose is really into kissing Dani, but it doesn’t seem like all that. Heck, why not just get right to the sexy stuff?”

“You don’t know what you’re missing, little sister,” I told her. “C’mere… I’ll show you.”

I leaned forward and began to adorn Beth’s lips and face with light, playful kisses. She seemed impatient at first, but quickly began to enjoy it, giggling with delight. I pressed my lips against hers and began to feel my sister up as she melted into me.

Beth flinched when I slipped my tongue into her mouth, but caught on fast. She began to respond, her tongue shyly engaging with mine, and soon we were getting into some passionate soul kissing.

“Wow!” she squealed when our lips finally parted. “That was… amazing!” Her cheeks were flushed, eyes dancing excitedly. “Oh, man – I can’t wait to do that with Dani and Annie.”

“Yeah, well, you’re kissing me now,” I told Beth, drawing her back into my arms.

My sister and I continued to make out as I slowly undid the buttons on her overalls until they fell to the floor. She lifted both arms, and I pulled her shirt off over her head, tossing it aside. Her nipples were practically hardening before my eyes. What an amazing sight!

I dropped to my knees and slowly tugged her white cotton panties down. Beth’s pussy was just inches from my face, its heady aroma filling my nostrils. Inhaling deeply, I kissed my little sister’s pussy for the first time, then took a long, slow lick. She grasped my head with both hands and began to grind her sex into my face, moaning, “Oh, God, yes. D-don’t stop, don’t stop!”

After about a minute of that, she pulled away and scrambled onto the bed, quickly stretching out with her legs spread wide, whispering, “Put your tongue inside me. Please. Make me come!”

Beth wasn’t shy about telling me where and how to lick and how hard, how soft, and slower or faster.nearly swooned with joy when she moaned, “I love you,” as she came all over my face.

Once she’d caught her breath, Beth practically wrestled me onto my back. “Your turn!” she insisted. “I’m gonna fuck you silly.”

Oh my God, did she ever! This time she also brought her fingers into play while licking me, and I nearly screamed the house down when my orgasm kicked in.

Afterward, we cuddled each other for a long while, exchanging kisses and sweet words, already making plans for our next time together. It felt so weird to think that my little sister and I were now lovers, but somehow it also seemed totally good and right.

***

A couple days later I ran into Rose, who after three weeks was home from band camp. We sat on a couple of swings at the playground and made small talk. I wanted to bring up the topic of sex so badly, but didn’t have the nerve.

I guess Rose could sense something was off, because at last she said, “Is something wrong? You seem a little, I don’t know, preoccupied.”

I sighed, then hesitantly said, “Um, has your sister said anything to you about… about when she came over last Saturday?”

Rose smiled, reaching my hand. “You mean about you guys all having sex?”

I tried not to, but blushed anyhow. “She told you? I couldn’t believe it when she said you were all fooling around with each other. I’m glad it’s all in the open.”

“Hey, it’s cool. Sorry I never told you about any of this until now. I was so sure you’d think I was a big ol’ pervert, and maybe you wouldn’t want us to be friends anymore.” By then, Rose was blushing herself. “Yeah, Dani told me everything about what you guys did. It made me so hot to hear it. It’s fun, huh?”

I could only agree. I had so many questions for her, and Rose gave me the answers. She and her little sister had been messing around for two years, since Rose was twelve and Dani was eight. Damn, what I’d been missing out on!

***

Rose told me it all got started during her first summer at band camp. She was twelve and was sharing a dorm room with a couple of girls who quickly bonded with her. Before two days had passed, the three of them were fast friends

One moonlit night, the conversation had turned to sex. Lucy, who was thirteen, asked Rose if she masturbated. Rose was glad that the dim light covered her blushing cheeks as she admitted she hadn’t.

“We can show you how,” said Sarah, her other new friend, also twelve. “If you like.”

“Yes, please,” whispered Rose, strange new feelings stirring inside.

Lucy got out of her bed and slid down her panties, then Sarah did the same. Sarah turned on a camping lantern she had brought with her, filling the room with a soft, warm glow.

“Take yours off too, Rose,” whispered Lucy. “You don’t know what you’re missing.”

“Damn straight,” giggled Sarah. Rose admired the blonde down that barely covered her new friend’s slit.

Rose peeled off her own underwear, then shrugged out of the t-shirt she wore, leaving her nude.

“Nice,“ said Sarah as she seated herself in a nearby chair, legs spread wide so Rose could see everything. “Now lie back.” Rose stretched out, then Lucy lay down next to her. It was only a twin mattress, so their bodies were touching.

“Start by slowly rubbing your finger up and down between your lips, like this,” Sarah demonstrated, and Lucy touched herself the same way.

Rose watched the older girls and copied their movements. Her pussy began to tingle, and her pulse was racing. Feelings she’d never had before ran through her as she watched the girls masturbate, loving how warm Lucy’s body was next to hers.

“Now put your finger inside and move it in and out,” said Sarah. Rose did as her friend said, and gentle waves of pleasure rolled through her body.

“Don’t forget your clit,” said Sarah. Rose began to tease her tiny button with two fingers.

Rose soon got caught up in the whirlwind of her very first orgasm. She moaned and thrashed about, nearly bumping Lucy off the bed.

“Careful there, kiddo!” Lucy exclaimed – then she began to writhe around herself, squealing through her own climax. The girls lay side by side, catching their breath as Sarah made herself come.

“Oh, God. That was – it was fantastic,” Rose breathed, struggling to recover. “Thank you. Both of you.”

“You’re welcome.” Lucy found Rose’s hand, gave it a brief squeeze.

The girls spent the next few hours fondling themselves, giving Rose ample opportunity to practice doing the same.

A few days later, Rose and her new friends sneaked out after hours for a nude swim in the lake. On the way back to their room, Lucy heard a moan coming from the open window of Naomi, their eighteen-year-old counselor. Curious, she tiptoed closer, Rose and Sarah close behind. Lucy peered through the slightly open curtains, her eyes going wide at what she saw, then quickly waved the others over to look.

There was Naomi with Sheri, another counselor around the same age. The two teens were completely naked and sharing deep, sexy kisses, touching each other everywhere they could reach.

Within seconds Rose and her friends were pressed tightly together, watching the counselor and her partner make out, then move over to Naomi’s bed hand in hand. They lay down together, and started having sex for real. The two teens took turns going down on each other, then got into a sixty-nine.

That was enough to convince Rose that she wanted to do more with Lucy and Sarah than just masturbate together. A lot more.

She and her friends left before the older girls finished, not wanting to take a chance on getting caught. Creeping back to their room, they went to bed without discussing what they saw. Rose really wanted to suggest they try some of the things the older girls were doing, but didn’t have the nerve to say so. Instead, she rubbed herself to orgasm as quietly as possible, wondering if Sarah or Lucy was doing the same.

The next morning, Naomi came to their room before the bell rang for breakfast. “I need to speak with you three,” she said once the door was closed. “I know you were watching me and Sheri last night.”

“Oh God, I’m so sorry!” Lucy said, her face gone all pale. “We didn’t mean to spy. We just heard you guys through the window–”

Sarah spoke up. “We won’t tell anyone, honest!”

Her arms folded, Naomi was quiet for a moment, then said, “Okay, then. I’m gonna trust you guys. But you have to keep what you saw a total secret, even from the other kids. Our boss is super religious, and she’d fire Sheri and me right away if she finds out we’re gay.”

“Don’t worry,” Lucy quickly said. “You’ve been a great counselor. We don’t want anything bad to happen to you.”

“Thanks,” Naomi said, then made a quiet exit.

Before leaving themselves, Sarah, Lucy and Rose all vowed to each other that they would keep the older girl’s secret.

The next morning, Rose managed to get a moment alone with Naomi, who was seated in the lounge, changing the reed of her clarinet. She quietly said, “Um, Naomi? I just wanted to say that, um… what you were doing with that other girl? It was the coolest thing I’ve ever seen. You guys were way sexy together.” Suddenly embarrassed, she added, “Well, I just wanted to tell you that,” then turned to flee.

Naomi quickly got to her feet. “Wait,” she said, taking hold of the young girl’s shoulder. Rose halted in mid-step, and their eyes met.

“Do you like girls, then?” Naomi said with a smile that made Rose quiver inside.

“Don’t know,” Rose mumbled. “M-maybe I do. I’ve, uh, never even kissed a boy…”

“Tell you what,” said Naomi. “Why don’t you come to my room tonight, and we’ll talk about it. Maybe I can help you figure things out.”

Her heart racing, Rose whispered, “Okay.”

“See you later, then,“ said the counselor. “Don’t tell your friends about it, okay? Our little secret.” With a quick wink, she sat back down, returning to her clarinet.

That night, after supper, Rose told Lucy and Sarah that she wanted to take her guitar to the recreation room and practice fingering technique. “I like the acoustics in there,” she said. Luckily, her roommates didn’t ask questions, or offer to accompany her.

Minutes later, she was tapping on Naomi’s door.

***

“It was incredible,” Rose told me.

Needless to say, the counselor got naked for her, lay down and offered Rose the chance to study and explore her bare body, all the while telling the girl what there was to know about giving pleasure to a woman. Rose got to fondle Naomi’s breasts and bottom, touch between her legs, even suck the older girl’s nipples.

It didn’t take much persuasion to get Rose to take her own clothes off, though she felt like a skinny kid compared to the counselor. Naomi insisted that she had a beautiful body, then asked her to lie down. “Now I’m gonna show you how good sex is with another girl,” she said.

Naomi began with tender kisses, then nuzzled Rose’s ears, neck, shoulders and arms, even taking each of the girl’s fingers into her mouth. Then it was on to Rose’s chest where she spent a good long while showering affection on the preteen’s budding breasts and nipples.

By the time Naomi finally took that first sweet lick of her pussy, Rose was so keyed up that she came almost immediately. It was the best orgasm she’d ever had.

Naomi cuddled her for a while, then sat up. “Did you enjoy that?”

“Totally!” a beaming Rose exclaimed. “So, um… can I do it to you now?”

Slowly shaking her head, Naomi patted Rose’s thigh. “Afraid not, babe,” she murmured. “Look, I’ve already got a girlfriend. You saw me with her last night. Sheri was okay with me teaching you a few things, but if I let you fuck me… well, to her, it would be like I was cheating.” She shrugged. “Can’t say that makes a lot of sense to me, but it’s her call. Hey, if you want to try eating pussy, why not offer to go down on one of your roomies? Bet they’d love it!” Offering a hand to Rose, she said, “Still friends, right?”

“Oh, sure,” Rose replied, trying to hide her disappointment.

***

That as far as things ever went between Rose and her counselor. “I hoped Naomi would change her mind,” Rose told me, “but it didn’t happen. She was always nice to me, at least.”

“What about your roommates?” I had to ask. “Did you ever try anything with them?”

She made a face. “No. Heck, we didn’t even masturbate together anymore. After we watched Naomi and Sheri fuck, it somehow made everything… kinda weird between us. I mean, Lucy started talking a lot about boys. Like she didn’t want us to think she was queer.” Rose rolled her eyes. “Whatever. Anyway, that one time with Naomi was pretty much all I got… that is, until I got back home and hooked up with my baby sister.” She laughed. “I’ve got a dirty, dirty imagination, but I sure never saw that coming.” Glancing up at the clock, she said, “Hey, wanna go watch TV? The Simpsons is almost on.”

I gave my friend a shove. “Stop teasing, you big jerk! Tell me about you and Dani before I kick your butt!”

Rose snickered. “Fair enough. Okay, here’s how it happened…”

On to Part Two!

7
2
1
3
10
2
7
1

The Evil That Men Do, Chapter 25

  • Posted on September 12, 2026 at 1:18 pm

For a brief description of what takes place in each of the previous chapters, visit this page.

For a list of the characters from the story you are now reading, visit this page. 

For a list of the characters from the previous two stories that you will encounter here as well, visit this page.

And now, dear readers, we make our way into the next installment. Read on…

by Rachael Yukey

A never ending suicide
Of nightmares you have inside 
Savatage, 1987

Julie Hanson surveyed the scene unfolding before her, marveling at how things tended to escalate whenever Mallory happened to be in a group of females. We only drove to Wisconsin to buy a lute for Vicky. How the hell did it turn into a sex soiree with the seller?

Lacey O’Donnell, the seller in question, was shuddering, gasps of pleasure escaping her lips. Her heaving shoulders rested against the back of the couch, bare buttocks on the edge of the cushion, Mallory’s face buried between her thighs. All Julie could see of her partner’s head was a mass of blonde hair.

Mallory’s pants and underwear were strewn about, her knees pressed into the plush carpet. Vicky was cross-legged on the floor behind her, a hand working furiously between Mallory’s thighs. Jolts of ecstasy gripped Mal’s body, but not enough to distract from her business between Lacey’s legs. Vicky’s free hand was moving beneath the hem of her own skirt.

As for Julie, she’d just discovered that Lacey’s couch was a recliner model. She was tilted back at a forty-five-degree angle, legs splayed out on the footrest with Patty nestled between them. It was a strange experience for Julie who, at six feet one, seldom got to couple with a woman as tall as she was. Patty was only fifteen, but had almost an inch on her. Julie’s hand was inside of Patty’s plain cotton panties, fingers buried deep inside the girl’s juicy cunt, her palm grinding a needy clit.

Suddenly Lacey cried out, her fingers twining, then tightening in Mallory’s hair, hips bucking. Her cry mounted into a shriek, then she subsided, head resting against the back of the couch, wearing a smile that was positively beatific. Mallory lifted her head, a grin on her lips that quickly vanished as her body jerked in response to Vicky’s ministrations from behind. “Oh my God, Vic,” she groaned.

Quickly getting to her knees, Vicky wrapped an arm around Mallory’s waist, using that hand to engage the blonde’s engorged clit, then slipped two fingers of the other hand deep into the warm wetness of Mallory’s cunt.

Mallory rested her head in Lacey’s lap. “Oh!” she wailed. “Oh, fuck.”

“Lovely,” Lacey whispered, caressing Mallory’s cheek with one hand, the other smoothing the younger woman’s blonde locks. “So, so lovely.”

Still nestled into Julie’s lap, a rapturous Patty was whimpering, her body moving in a steady rhythm. Julie rode with her, finger-fucking the younger girl with gusto. She was half-crazed with arousal, her panties thoroughly saturated, but for the moment Julie was content to enjoy the hot action on the other couch while driving the gangly yet cute teen in her arms to the pinnacle of ecstasy.

With a long, drawn-out cry, Mallory threw her head back, blurting, “Oh, God… I’m gonna come!”

“M-me too!” Patty wailed. And come she did, her thin frame shaking like dice in a cup. Her pussy clenched tightly against Julie’s probing fingers, explosive, ecstatic gasps torn from her chest.

Mallory pressed her head into Lacey’s lap, then jerked it back up again, crying out repeatedly as her own climax came crashing down. A minute or so later she subsided, collapsing onto the older woman’s thighs. Lacey bent low, whispering something to Mallory that the others couldn’t quite catch.

After what seemed to be an impressively long climax, Patty finally relaxed. Julie slowed the motion of her fingers, letting off the firm pressure of palm against clit, but then Patty was shaking her head violently. “No, keep going!” she wailed.

Julie had to smile. Fine by me, she thought. Clamping her hand once more against the girl’s vulva, Julie got back to work, and mere seconds later Patty was screaming out loud as a second orgasm consumed her. That wild cry trailed off into a squeak, then she collapsed.

“Oh, goodness,” Lacey purred. “You’re multi-orgasmic, my dear. Delightful!”

“Sometimes she is,” said Vicky, her voice unsteady as she massaged her wrist.

Lifting her head from Lacey’s lap, Mallory twisted around to glance at her lover’s sister, noting the girl’s flushed cheeks. “Need to get off, Vicky?” she inquired, amusement in her voice.

“Oh, only more than anything in the entire world,” Vicky acknowledged with a chuckle.

“May I?” said Lacey, her head cocked to one side. “I’d very much like to taste you, if you’re up for it.”

“I’m so up for it!” Vicky enthused. Lacey indicated the opposite end of the couch with a dramatic sweep of the arm. Vicky stood, unfastened the clasp of her skirt and let it fall to the floor, then pushed her panties down and off before settling into the cushions. Getting to her feet, Lacey guided Vicky’s legs onto the couch, arranging her so the girl’s back rested against the overstuffed roll arm. That accomplished, Lacey returned to the sofa to kneel between Vicky’s legs. She got right to work, delicately licking and kissing the inner thighs, running her tongue along the edge of the girl’s sweet pussy lips.

“Oh, my gosh,” Vicky breathed, spreading her legs even wider. “You’re really good at this.”

Lacey lifted her head for a moment, favoring the teen with a sweet smile. “Thank you, darling. I like to think so.” With that, she covered Vicky’s slit with her mouth.

Julie’s arousal was off the charts. Her breathing was erratic and harsh, her body quivering. Patty twisted around to face her, a smile on her lips. “Sounds like you really need to come,” she said.

“You have no idea.” Julie’s voice shook.

With a boldness that would have been completely beyond her only weeks before, Patty pressed her open mouth to Julie’s. Their kiss was furious, wild, with little art but tremendous passion. Then Patty disengaged, sliding from Julie’s lap and twisting to face her. The girl’s trembling fingers loosened the woman’s jeans. Julie raised her hip from the seat, and Patty practically ripped the faded denim from her body, taking the panties along for the ride. Then she leaned close, her mouth next to Julie’s ear.

“I can’t believe this is happening,” she murmured. “I’ve always looked up to you so much. You’re, like, everything I want to be. And now—now we’re actually having sex!” She gave a shaky laugh. “I f-feel like the luckiest girl in the world.”

Even in the midst of her almost unbearable need for release, Julie was touched. Cupping the girl’s face in both hands, she drew Patty into a tender, leisurely kiss.

When they parted, she rested their foreheads together. “I’m flattered,” she said, then broke into a wicked grin. “Now eat me!”

Patty grinned back, then nestled between Julie’s thighs. Julie felt a finger slip inside of her, then another, and let out a little moan. When the girl’s warm tongue brushed her clit, it raced to her head in a glorious surge of pleasure.

Julie was about to settle in for what promised to be a very enjoyable ride when a sharp cry from the other couch drew her attention. Lifting her head, she saw that matters there had escalated. Lacey’s mouth was fastened to Vicky’s clitoris, and her right arm moved back and forth as she finger-fucked the sweet teen. Julie took a moment to admire Lacey’s mature beauty, particularly her shapely ass. The sight heightened Julie’s already considerable ardor, and a particularly intense jolt of pleasure wracked her body, drawing a cry from her that was almost a shout.

Vicky let out a long, low moan that seemed to last an age. Her body went rigid, her fists clenched, then she slowly relaxed with a contented sigh. Lacey lifted her head, favoring the young girl with a tender smile. Vicky offered a weak grin in return before her eyes drifted shut.

Julie gasped, caught by surprise as another sudden wave of rapture swept through her, and the three lovers on the other couch all turned to look. Unable to do much more than pant for breath, Julie nodded at her partner, her sister, and the matronly musician, then cried out again as those divine feelings began to escalate. She closed her eyes, shutting herself off to everything but what was happening down below, firmly clasping Patty’s head between her thighs.

It was a long, luxurious, glorious plateau. Julie heard herself crying out repeatedly, the sounds seeming to come from far away as all of her senses focused in on the powerful sensations coming from her center. Then she was screaming, hips bucking, fingers tangled in Patty Spisak’s hair.

Then something happened that Julie had seen happen to her partner on occasions uncounted, but she herself had only experienced a time or two. The pleasure became so intense that she could scarcely bear it, every part of her sensory apparatus on overload. Then the world went gray. Julie Hanson had passed out.

***

“This was a mistake.”

Nettie huddles close to Anna under the blanket, doing her best to breathe quietly so they can hear the voices coming from the other side of the wall. Her sister’s cheeks are becoming gaunt; how long has it been since either of them has eaten? 

The disembodied female voice carries on, its tone admonitory. “I mean seriously, what were we thinking? Northern Minnesota in January? It was a ridiculous idea.”

“It has its problems, sure.” Creepface speaks in calm, almost tranquil tones. “But it also—it heightens the suffering. Every second is agony for them, not just when I’m there. You can see that, can’t you?”

“You’re seriously fucked up. You know that, don’t you?”

“And yet here you are.”

A muffled snort. “You know what I’m in it for.”

“Which is—how did you put it? Seriously fucked up.”

“We have to end this soon.”

“We need the pickup truck back first,” Creepface replies, that same preternatural calm underlying every word. “It’d be stupid to move them in the rental.”

“Yeah.” The woman on the other side of the wall hesitates. “I’ll head out now and see if I can find out how much longer that’s going to take. Can you get back okay on the snowmobile?”

An impatient huff. “I got in, didn’t I?”

“Fine, fine.” The woman sounds thoroughly exasperated. “I’ll be back. Listen, as soon as we have our wheels back, we end this. Finish them off, get what we need for the shroud, and ditch them somewhere. Do you hear me, David?”

***

“David!?”

Nettie sat straight up, covers tumbling from her torso, shaking like a newborn lamb. Casting her eyes around wildly, she took in the dark, unfamiliar surroundings, fighting off a momentary surge of panic. Pull it together, dumb ass. It’s a hotel room, not a gulag.

Fumbling around on the bedside table, she managed to switch on the lamp. Blinking her eyes in the sudden glare, she took in her unexciting but reasonably comfortable room at the Comfort Inn and Suites in Cedar Rapids.

“Fuck,” she murmured, rubbing her eyes. A glance at the digital clock next to the lamp told her it was just after one AM. She swung her legs over the side of the bed, pushed herself to her feet, and plodded into the bathroom.

As she let loose a seemingly endless stream of urine, she replayed the still-vivid dream in her mind. She glumly realized that one of two things were likely to be true: either she’d been delirious during the events that had taken place in the dream, or it really was just a dream, not a true memory at all. Of course, there was a third possibility, one that had been preying on her mind off and on ever since the flash of supposed memory she’d had outside that little convenience store up by Forbes.

Was it possible she and Anna’s tormentor hadn’t been Jacob Brentshaw after all? How did that make sense? He’d been tried, and offered no testimony or statement of any kind. He’d accepted his conviction and imprisonment without comment.

No—the simplest, most logical answer was that these snippets of memory that kept coming to her in dreams were at best badly distorted, at worst complete fabrications of a traumatized subconscious. Nettie used the toilet paper, then stood, pulling her panties snug.

Minutes later she was stretching back out on the bed, closing her eyes and trying to clear her mind. Trust yourself, Nettie. She shivered, amazed that she was already drifting off so quickly, Anna’s voice—or what she imagined to be Anna’s voice—already speaking to her in a dream. Her sister’s face seemed to loom before her. Your memories are everything, Nettie. You have to believe in them.

Nettie’s eyes flew open. Uh-uh. Any dream but that one, damn it. 

Except it hadn’t exactly felt as if she was asleep, or even close to it. Nettie shivered again, more violently this time. Weird images and waking visions were nothing new to her, a lingering vestige of deep trauma that she supposed she’d have to endure for the rest of her life.

Turning onto her side, Nettie pulled both knees up, hugging them to her chest, wondering how long it would take to shake off the demons sufficiently to get back to sleep. She was already resigned to facing Melissa Brentshaw the next morning in a state of utter exhaustion.

But she was wrong. That dismal thought was the last thing she remembered before waking from a thankfully dreamless slumber at eight-thirty AM, sunlight streaming through the hotel blinds.

***

“So what do you want to know?” Melissa Brentshaw regarded Nettie over the rim of a frosted glass containing a house special rum and fruit juice beverage that listed on the menu for seventeen dollars.

Nettie’s mental picture of Jacob Brentshaw’s sibling had been dashed to smithereens when they made their introductions. Shortish, thinnish, her long, narrow face framed by a straight shock of blonde-accented hazel hair, Melissa did not present an imposing presence at first glance. Yet the moment your eyes met hers, one immediately recognized the same indefinable air of authority Nettie had sensed over the phone. When she speaks, I’ll bet the people she works with snap to.

Taking a sip of water, Nettie steeled herself. There was no notable family resemblance to Jacob, but just knowing she was seated across from her kidnapper’s sister made her skin crawl. I have to tread carefully here. Nettie sensed very strongly that if she allowed any discomfiture to show, this nondescript woman would walk all over her.

“How much do you know about the circumstances of your brother’s criminal conviction?” Nettie asked.

Melissa shrugged. “Only the bare essentials. He got picked up with two little girls he’d been holding for over a week in some trailer in northern Minnesota, and he’d been hurting them. One of them died. Then he got linked to a string of basically identical crimes all over the midwest. Pretty sure those victims were all dead, though.”

The short, matter-of-fact summation, delivered in an utterly level voice, gave Nettie a grade-A case of the screaming horrors, which she fought valiantly to suppress. Then it dawned on her that it didn’t quite add up. Her eyebrows lifted.

“These crimes were committed by your own brother, and that’s really all you know?”

A humorless smile touched Melissa’s lips. “It’s not something I especially wanted to know about. I avoided the news stories. Of course I got questioned, but the interviewers didn’t tell me much. I don’t think any of them really believed I had any information they could use. I didn’t go to any of the court dates, and the family—honestly didn’t talk about it much, at least not around me.”

“That seems odd. I’d have thought something like that would be the big topic of family conversation.”

Melissa shook her head. “In case you haven’t noticed, I don’t have much in common with those people, and by that time I was already on a one-way trajectory out of hillbilly hell. I was avoiding my family as much as I could, so about the only time I saw my folks was at dinner. My mom had a rule at the table: only pleasant conversation. So if they ever talked about Jacob at all, I was in my room with the headphones on, studying my ass off so I could get a college scholarship and not end up like the rest of my loser family.”

Nettie absently chewed on the inside of her cheek. Something was still not tracking here. “But you knew exactly what I wanted to talk about when I called before. And you’d already connected the incident in Minnesota last month.”

“I’m not an idiot.” The voice had gone cold. “I see the same news everyone else does. Two girls, held captive in a remote location for an extended period of time—of course I saw the connection. My brother did that same shit, remember? Honestly, I was kind of expecting to hear from someone like you.”

Nettie nodded slowly, keeping her gaze focused on the woman across the table. “Fair enough. How well did you know Jacob?”

The waiter appeared at that moment with their order. Nettie nodded her thanks, dismissing him with a wave. She took an experimental bite of her chicken alfredo, then looked up at Melissa, who was forking a morsel of salmon into her mouth. Melissa chewed and swallowed, wearing a thoughtful expression.

“Like I told you on the phone, I barely knew him at all. By the time I was old enough to understand anything, he was living in this apartment in Le Claire. He didn’t come by the farm very often, and didn’t talk to me much when he did. I was at his place maybe three or four times, never for very long. He kinda kept to himself.”

“Did he interact much with the rest of your family?”

“I think maybe my older sisters dropped in on him sometimes. I especially remember Shannon talking about having seen him when she was up to Le Claire. But not any details, if there even were any.”

“Any friends or associates that you know of?”

Melissa’s mouth tightened. “Not a clue. Look—Antoinette, isn’t it? You’re not asking a single question I wasn’t asked after Jacob got arrested. And I know you must have the records of those interviews. So what’s the point to—to any of this?”

Nettie allowed herself a slight smile. “Just making sure the bases are covered. It’s not impossible that you might remember something that slipped your mind the first time around. Or that you’ve learned something since then, just from being around family members and other such.”

“I’m almost never around family members.” Melissa shoved a forkful of potatoes into her mouth.

Nettie took a bite of salad, mostly to buy herself a moment to think. “Let me ask you this, then,” she said, after she’d chewed and swallowed. “What was your reaction when you learned of Jacob’s arrest, and the reason for it?”

Melissa’s eyes flicked to the ceiling, then back to Nettie. “Surprised… but not.”

“I don’t follow.”

Melissa pursed her lips, appearing lost in thought. “Jacob was creepy,” she said at last. “In a low-key sort of way. One of those guys who sucks out all the oxygen just by walking into a room. It wasn’t anything he said or did—it was his whole demeanor. They say serial killers seem just like everyone else until they get caught, but at least where he was concerned, I call bullshit. I never felt comfortable around him. All the same—” She trailed off, then took another bite of salmon.

“All the same?”

“I wasn’t surprised he got arrested. Hell, most of my family has been in jail at one point or another, including him. But there’s a big gap between thinking someone’s a habitual criminal and thinking they’d go and do something like that. When it happens—it changes how you see things. Now when I meet a standoffish person, I’m always wondering what’s really going on in their head, and if they have a rotting corpse stuffed in a locker somewhere.”

“So there was never anything that would lead you to believe something like this was taking place?”

“Not even a little bit. If he’d been busted for flashing his knob at schoolgirls, or sex with livestock… well, that’s more like what I’d have expected from Jacob.”

Going on instinct, Nettie skipped over her next few questions in favor of one she’d been saving for last. “Do you have any idea what he wanted their hair for?”

Melissa’s eyes narrowed. “Excuse me? Jacob wanted their… their hair?”

Momentarily stunned, Nettie rocked back in her chair. “You really don’t know?”

“Know what?”

“Wow—okay.” Nettie shook her head to clear it. “You really did keep it at a distance, didn’t you? Up until that last kidnapping, the one where he got caught, Jacob Brentshaw cut all the hair off the heads of his victims, then left the bodies somewhere they’d be found, with their hands crossed over their chests. Obvious clipper-cut, close-cropped right down to the scalp. Most likely post-mortem, because it’d be tough to do that neat a job if the victims were struggling. He—” Nettie broke off.

Melissa had gone white, the touch of blush on her cheeks standing out in sharp relief. Her jaw hung slack.

Nettie leaned forward, placing both hands on the table, “That means something to you, doesn’t it?”

Melissa seemed almost in a trance. “She—she cut the h-hair off of them. My dolls, I mean. She cut the hair off all my dolls.”

Nettie’s mind was reeling. Melissa had displayed a commanding presence and utter poise from the word go. Whatever this was, it was big. She forced herself to remain calm. “She who? And why?”

Melissa shivered; a whole-body experience that Nettie would never quite be able to describe. A trembling hand wrapped itself around an expensive drink, hoisted it to quivering lips. Melissa tossed back the last third in a single gulp. When she put it back down, she appeared to have recovered. She was still pale, but that weird quivering had ceased.

“Shannon,” she said, her voice firm once more. But for the first time, she wasn’t meeting Nettie’s eyes when she spoke. Her gaze was fixed on her plate. “My sister Shannon. She cut the hair off all my dolls. When the Cesaneus girls died.”

Nettie drew in a slow breath, carefully keeping her expression neutral. None of the prior investigations of the Brentshaw case had turned up so much as a hint of this. “Maybe you’d better back up. What are we talking about here?”

Melissa looked up and to her right. Following her gaze, Nettie saw the server approaching.

“Everything tasting all right over here?” the clean-cut young man wanted to know.

“Delicious, thank you,” Nettie replied automatically.

“It’s fine,” said Melissa in clipped tones, “but I could use another one of these.” She waved a hand at her empty glass.

“Be right back with that,” the kid replied with a smile, already turning to go.

Nettie took another bite of chicken, even though she didn’t really want it anymore. Anything to try and restore the facade of casual lunchtime conversation. She had a very strong sense that her interview subject was one small step away from bolting. She was opening her mouth to reiterate the question at hand, but Melissa beat her to it.

“Maddy and Barbara Cesaneus,” she said. “Twin girls. Shannon started spending a hell of a lot of time with their dad when she was about sixteen, which was kind of creepy because he was somewhere in his twenties, and married. Also because—”

The waiter arrived with Melissa’s drink. Thanking him with a nod, she took a substantial sip. “Anyway,” she went on after he’d departed, “Their mom died when the girls were about two. Boating accident, if I remember right. Shannon was still hanging around with their dad, probably sleeping with him. I know she was babysitting sometimes; she’d bring them over to our place.”

Nettie held up a hand. “So you knew them? The twins?”

“Sure—they were my age. Not that—” she took another sip of her drink. “They weren’t exactly the playmate type. Even at that age I knew they weren’t happy girls. They didn’t want to do much, and I don’t remember ever seeing either one of them smile. Looking back, I’m pretty sure they were being abused. Even when it was hot out, they always wore long pants and long-sleeved shirts. Lots of turtlenecks, too. I’d guess the adults in the family probably saw the signs, but I didn’t realize till I was a lot older.”

“How come they didn’t report it?”

Melissa snorted, then took another sip. “My family? Get out of here. Of course they didn’t report it. They don’t ever volunteer information to the police. Hell, they won’t even speak to a cop, unless one of them’s been arrested. Maybe not even then.”

Nettie was starting to see the shape of it, even if it wasn’t fully formed in her mind just yet. “So what happened to them?”

“Their house burned down when the girls were ten. Electrical fire, it was. They were trapped in an upstairs bedroom, and were both dead by the time the firefighters got to them.”

“And Shannon cut off your doll’s hair after that?”

Melissa gave a shaky nod, her expression distant. “Yeah. I don’t know how badly the girls were disfigured by the fire—don’t want to know—but the one thing I do remember is all the hair was burned off of both their heads. Now Shannon—it’s actually kind of weird. Whatever fucked-up thing was going on in that house, Shannon had to have known about it, and maybe even participated. It must not have bothered her too much, but she was devastated when they died. I mean, like, she went completely off her rocker.”

Melissa paused for another sip of her drink. Nettie held her silence, sensing that she’d get the most out of letting the story unfold in its own good time.

“Anyway,” Melissa went on, “the reason I know about the hair is that Shannon was completely obsessive over it. She—I don’t know. Fixated on it in this bizarre way. And then like the day before the funeral, I come home from school to find all of my dolls lying on my bed with their hair cut off. Turns out Shannon took it all, then went down to the funeral home and demanded access to the bodies so she could give them the hair. I don’t know what she thought she was going to do—super-glue it on? Ewwww. But anyway, they had to threaten to call the cops to get rid of her.”

Nettie’s mind swam. It was all starting to make a horrible, macabre sort of sense. She wasn’t all the way to the answer, but she knew she was getting there.

“Okay,” she said, “let’s back up for a second. You said Shannon’s relationship with their father was creepy because she was underage, and he was married. Then you started to say there was another reason, but didn’t say what it was.”

Melissa rolled her eyes. “Because my fucked-up family. The Cesaneus twins’ father is probably an illegitimate cousin of ours. My uncle and his mom always denied having an affair, but they apparently spent a hell of a lot of time alone—her husband divorced her over it—and David came out looking just like him.”

Nettie’s fork clattered to the floor. Her jaw dropped, and she had to grip the edge of the table to keep her hands from shaking. “David?” she got out through lips that felt as stiff as cured oak planks. “Did you just say David?”

***

Ellen Brentshaw carefully made her way up the main thoroughfare of downtown Cedar Rapids, thankful for the well-maintained sidewalk. Her knee and hip were playing up again, and it wouldn’t take much for her to end up lying on the concrete, flopping around like a goddamn fresh-landed fish. How long before she’d be forced to endure the indignity of a walker? It was coming like a freight train, and she knew it.

She was already regretting this excursion, a bi-weekly afternoon ritual she had once greatly enjoyed, but stubbornly pressed on. Her favorite downtown thrift shop was the next stop, and she’d be damned if she was giving up now.

Two women emerged from Bradford’s Cafe across the street, one of several restaurants that always gave Ellen a twinge of bitterness when she passed them by. There’d been a time she’d had sufficient funds in her purse to enjoy that caliber of cuisine, oh yes. That was before she’d been sent up, leaving her idiot husband Clayton to run their enterprises. Run them he had… straight into the fucking ground. These days, the occasional breakfast at Denny’s was a luxury.

Ellen’s eyes briefly flicked towards the two women, then back in her direction of travel—then she looked again, coming to a halt. The shorter of the pair was her youngest daughter, Melissa. She and the other woman stood out in front of the eatery, exchanging what appeared to be last-minute words before going in separate directions. The much taller, dark-haired woman was standing with her back to Ellen.

Ellen thought to call out a greeting, then wondered dismally what the point would be. Melissa had spent the past fifteen years studiously avoiding her and the entire rest of the family, and Ellen knew there was little chance of rapprochement this late in the game. The stuck-up, ungrateful little slut had made up her mind that she was better than the rest of them, and Ellen supposed she was going to go right on thinking it.

Heaving a bitter sigh, she turned to continue on her way, then glanced back as the two shook hands. When the tall, black-haired woman turned in her direction, Ellen froze in place. Where had she seen—? Her mind flashed back to the news story picture Shannon had shown her. Uh-oh. 

The woman made as if to walk up the street, but then Melissa put a hand on her elbow. More words were exchanged. Ellen sidled to the left so her body was at least partially hidden by one of those silly little trees growing through a hole in the concrete, then rummaged in her purse, coming up with her phone. Doing her best to control the palsy in her hands, Ellen snapped off a shot of the two women. It took a couple of tries, but she managed one usable image.

Setting off in the opposite direction, she made for the nearest corner, hoping Melissa would be unable to recognize her before she was out of view.

Once she made it, Ellen leaned against a brick wall, panting for breath. With shaking fingers she addressed a text message to Shannon, attaching the picture and captioning it with four words. You’ve got a problem.

On to Chapter Twenty-Six!

2
1
1
2

Down the Rabbit Hole, Chapter 10

  • Posted on September 7, 2026 at 3:11 pm

The Story Thus Far

Chapter 1: In which Sarah and Frankie peruse some rather risqué entertainment, then get intimately acquainted with a pair of soiled undies. Who says staying at home on weekends is boring?

Chapter 2: In which Kerry comes home, the Panty Fairy pays a visit, Sarah confides in her sister Judy, Kerry catches a whiff of pussy on Mummy’s fingers, and plans are made to let Kerry watch Sarah and Frankie have sex. Goodness me!

Chapter 3: In which Sarah and Kerry’s pussy-smelling game escalates, Sarah has a quick diddle in the school carpark, and Sarah and Frankie put their unorthodox sex education lesson into motion. Oh, and a traumatised teddy bear called Mr. Ruffles.

Chapter 4: In which smelling becomes tasting, and a visit to the bird sanctuary turns into an afternoon of naughty panty-modeling fun with Sarah, Judy and five-year-old Izzy. Bloody hell, now sister and niece are in on the act!

Chapter 5: In which poor Mr Ruffles suffers more teddy abuse, Sarah and Kerry’s kinky game goes one step further, and Judy pops round for coffee with little Izzy. A shared lollipop leads to more sharing. Appalling!

Chapter 6: In which Frankie and Sarah tiptoe into Kerry’s bedroom while she’s asleep, and an innocent picnic for the children turns into an afternoon of amateur taboo photography. Snap snap snap!

Chapter 7: In which Kerry’s teacher asks awkward questions, Sarah and Kerry finger each other in the car, and Kerry picks on Frankie while Sarah watches. Why, I’m all aquiver!

Chapter 8: In which Frankie and Sarah show Kerry the delights of lesbian sex again, this time the hardcore version, and Judy and Sarah hatch a plan to swap daughters for the night. Oh boy, it’s gonna get messy!

Chapter 9: In which cute little Izzy comes for a sleepover. Naked Twister and raunchy photographs ensue, followed by bath, fisting and bed. Dickens, it ain’t!

by BlueJean

1

Is it possible to get a hangover from too much sex? I don’t know, but I sure felt like shit when I woke up on Saturday, the morning after our sex party with Izzy. On the other side of the bed, a nude Frankie was spooning my equally naked niece, the two of them slumbering peacefully. It was almost a picture of endearing innocence, like one of those tasteful art prints that used to be popular before paedophile hysteria infected the internet, when a naked child was just a naked child.

But there had been nothing innocent about the things we’d done with that little girl the night before. No, indeed.

Despite my wretched state, I was beginning to feel arousal stir anew. I was tempted to wake Izzy and Frankie, see if they were up for some early morning fun, but they looked so peaceful I decided to let them sleep on. Instead, I went downstairs to find painkillers for my pounding head.

Ten minutes later I was sitting up to the kitchen table with a mug of strong coffee and a box of ibuprofen, scrolling through the pictures on my phone.

“Jesus… what the hell is wrong with us?“ I muttered, a hand already wandering down between my legs.

I was about to treat myself to a couple of fingers when I heard a car pull into the driveway. Seeing Kerry and Judy through the kitchen window, I opened the back door and let them in before they could ring the doorbell.

“Shhh. Frankie and Izzy are still fast asleep upstairs,“ I told Judy. “Go and have a peek, but don’t wake them up.“

While Judy crept upstairs, I sat back down at the kitchen table, and Kerry slumped into my lap. She clearly hadn’t got much sleep. I don’t think any of us had.

“Did you enjoy yourself last night?” I asked her.

She leaned back against me with a yawn. “Mmm.“

“Mmm? That’s all you’ve got for me? Mmm? You’ll have to give me something better than that, Princess Peanut.“

“We did send you some pictures.“

“You did. But I bet you got up to lots of other things with Aunt Judy.“

Kerry looked at me sagely. “So, I let Aunt Judy finger me. And then she licked my pussy, and it was, like,” she rolled her eyes, “so amazing! And then I asked if I could do the same to her, and she said I could, and she was, like, stroking my hair while I licked her? And telling me what a good job I was doing and stuff? And I told her about that thing where, y’know, two girls can lick each other at the same time.“

“A sixty-nine?“

“Yeah. So we did that for ages.“

I gave her a little pout, then a kiss on the brow. “I’m jealous.“

“Huh? Why?“

“Because I wanted to be the first to do those things with you.“

“Oh.“

“I love you so much, Kerry. You know that, right?“

“Duh. Of course I know. You’re my mum.“

“Just as long as you always remember. No matter what happens, Mummy will always love you.“

Judy came into the kitchen, hands clasped under her chin. “Frankie and Izzy look so cute together!“

I nodded. “I know, right? They adore each other.“

“I took a sneaky pic. To go with the, uh, naughtier ones…“

“Put them in an encrypted folder, Judy. Like, today. Seriously.“

Judy took a seat next to me at the kitchen table. “Yes, yes. I’m not a complete idiot.“ She leaned into me. “You and Frankie really went to work on my baby girl, didn’t you?“

I touched my brow to hers. “I hear you were pretty busy, too.“

Judy brought her lips to mine, but veered off at the last moment, planting a kiss on Kerry’s neck instead. Kerry smiled dreamily.

“We had a wonderful time, didn’t we, Kerry?“ Judy said. “We had to be very quiet, though.“

“Yeah. Aunt Judy had to put a hand over her mouth when, you know…”

“When you made me come,” Judy finished for her. She fixed me with a wicked look. “When I came over your little girl’s pretty face.“

“Mummy?“

“Yes, Kerry?“

“Shall we show Aunt Judy the game?“

Judy curved an eyebrow. “The game?“

“Yes, I think that’s a very good idea. Let’s show Aunt Judy the game.“

2

Kerry slid off me so I could stand up. She sat back down in the chair and looked up at me expectantly. I gave her blonde locks a tender stroke.

“Come on, Mummy,” she said quietly, nodding her head in encouragement. “Let’s play.”

I slowly drew my dressing gown to one side, revealing my naked lower half. An intrigued Judy propped her chin with a hand.

Treating my sister to a cool look, I snaked a hand down to my belly, then a little further to the neat patch of hair I kept, not quite going as far as my slit. I brought two fingers to Kerry’s nose, drawing them across her top lip.

“This is how the game starts, Judy,” I said. “A little girl catches a whiff of pussy on her mummy’s fingers.“

“Is that so?“

“Mmm. Trouble is, Mummy’s a bit of a perv, so the next time we get them extra juicy.” I pushed a couple of digits into my pussy, drew them slowly back out, then brought them to Kerry’s nose. She breathed in my scent.

“Wow… it’s really strong today, Mum,” Kerry said.

“I suppose it would be. We got awfully messy with Izzy last night, and I haven’t showered yet.“

“I’ve always loved your smell,” Judy told me, pulling her chair a little closer.

I dipped two fingers into my cunt again, sloshing them around. “Anyway, Kerry and I were soon taking things to the next level.“

Into Kerry’s waiting mouth my fingers went. Judy drew in a little breath of delight, a hand reaching up to knead a breast. “Ooh, I never thought of doing that with Izzy.”

“And don’t forget that other thing we did,” Kerry said when she’d sucked my fingers clean. “When you rubbed your pussy on my face.“

Judy’s eyes went wide. “Bad Mummy!” she exclaimed with a smirk.

“But I was wearing panties that time,” I said, thoughtfully stroking my chin. “It’d be rude to do it without panties.“

“Oh. Yeah, I s’pose.“ Kerry couldn’t hide her disappointment. Then her face lit up. “You could go put some knickers on.“

I made a show of mulling that over. “Mmm. I guess I could. But I don’t want to wake Frankie and Izzy.“

“What if you were really quiet? Like, tiptoe in and out.“

“Huh. You know, maybe we could do it without the panties. Just this once. Ah, no, what am I saying? That’d be taking things too far.“

“Oh, stop teasing her, Sarah,” Judy said with a chuckle. “Mummy’s just winding you up, Kerry.“

Kerry gave me a half-hearted slap on the arm. “That’s mean!“

“Stand up a moment, Kerry,” I told my daughter. Sitting  in the chair she’d just vacated, I opened my robe, then spread my knees apart. “Get a cushion and kneel down in front of me.“

Kerry did as I asked. I cradled her head and drew her towards my aching cunt. “No touching yet. Just smell me. Up really close.“

I could see her nostrils flaring as she breathed in my musky scent.

“Nice?“ I asked her.

She gave me a small nod and took another series of quick sniffs.

“Slow down, sweetheart. Close your eyes and breathe me in. Long, slow breaths in. Long, slow breaths out.“

Judy leaned across to trail kisses down my neck. “Oh, Sarah. That’s so sexy. Let her lick you now.“

I shook my head. “Not just yet. I want you to finger me, Judy. And when you’ve got them nice and juicy, put them in Kerry’s mouth.“

My sister trailed a hand down between my thighs and cupped my pussy. She stroked me there for a few moments before plunging two fingers inside. “God, you’re so fucking wet.“

“I know. And it’s all for Kerry. Take them out now.“

Judy withdrew her fingers, now coated in a thin, pearly goo, then brought them up to taste.

I caught her wrist; gave her a disapproving shake of the head. “Uh-uh. That’s not for you, big sister. Put them in my little girl’s mouth. Now.“

Kerry peered up at us. Judy made a show of twirling her wet fingers as they made their way to my daughter’s mouth. Kerry let her lips envelop them, humming happily as she tasted me.

“That’s it, baby bird,” I cooed, prising my pussy open with two fingers so Kerry could see how wet I was for her. “Let Aunt Judy feed you from Mummy’s cunt. Put them back inside, Judy. Don’t fuck me with them, though. Just slide them all the way in and then all the way out. Then put them in Kerry’s mouth again.“

My sister offered me a sultry look before slipping her fingers inside, right up to the second knuckle. She drew them back out, then slipped them into my daughter’s waiting mouth.

“Again,” I demanded. “Faster. Feed my baby bird.“

Judy’s fingers made little squelchy noises as they plunged in and out, now dripping with my juices. Kerry didn’t have time to suck them completely clean, so she just sat there with her face a couple of inches away from my open cunt, lips slightly parted as she waited for her aunt to feed her. Judy kept up a steady rhythm – pussy to mouth, mouth to pussy, pussy to mouth once more.

I caught my sister’s wrist before she could penetrate me again. “Kerry?“

Kerry peered up at me with doe eyes. “Hmm?“

“Would you like Aunt Judy to feed you from her pussy, too?“

“Oh. Yes, please,” said my daughter with a wet grin.

“Strip down to your panties, then,” I told her. “I don’t want to get that nice new t-shirt mucky.“

“Yeah, right. Nothing at all to do with wanting to ogle your little girl in her knicks,” Judy scoffed.

“Shush,” I said. “And while you’re shushing, you can take your trousers and knickers off, big sister.”

Kerry let her t-shirt fall to the floor, then kicked her shorts away. ”Sit on the edge of the table,“ I told her, so she hoisted herself onto the breakfast table and sat with legs dangling, sporting a look of keen anticipation.

I moved next to the table and let my robe fall open. “Come stand next to me, Judy.“

My sister was now naked from the waist down. She took her place at my side, regarding my little girl with hungry eyes.

“Looking at Kerry excites you, doesn’t it?“ I asked her.

“It does. She looks so beautiful,” Judy told me.

“Do you like her smooth chest?“

“You know I do.“

“Do you like the little pink panties she’s wearing?“

“God, yes.“

“Then show her how much she turns you on. Put a hand between your legs and finger yourself.“

While Judy eased a couple of fingers into her cunt, I did the same to mine. My pussy was a hot sponge saturated with liquid. I pulled my fingers out and popped them into Kerry’s mouth.

“Now you do it, Judy. Give Kerry your fingers to taste. No, wait. Let her smell them first.“

Trembling with excitement, Judy brought two glistening fingers to Kerry’s nose and held them there.

I began to masturbate as I watched my daughter enjoy her aunt’s scent. “Oh yeah, that’s so hot. Does Aunt Judy smell nice?“

Kerry smiled shyly, nodding her head.

“Are you ready to taste her?“

“Mmm-hmm. You can put them in my mouth now, Aunt Judy.“

Judy slipped her fingers between my daughter’s lips and let her suck them clean.

“That’s good, Judy. Finger yourself some more while I let Kerry taste me again.“

My sister plunged her fingers back inside herself, pumping them in and out while I treated Kerry to more of my honey, coating her lips with the warm balm, then letting her taste what was left.

“Your turn, Judy,“ I said when my little girl had sucked me clean.

Judy offered Kerry her sticky fingers while I fucked myself some more.

In her eagerness to taste her aunt, Kerry dribbled pearls of saliva and pussy juice down her chin. “Oops,” she said with a smirk, wiping her mouth with the back of a hand.

“It’s okay to make a mess, sweetie,” I told her. “That’s why I had you take your clothes off. Are we being too dirty? We can stop if you want us to.“

“No, I like it,” Kerry insisted. “Keep doing it, okay?“

“Good girl. Open wide for Mummy’s fingers. Here they co-ome…“

Judy and I went back and forth. Her fingers. My fingers. Hers. Mine. From pussy to mouth, over and over again. Kerry let the viscous fluid dribble down onto her chest, giggling as it trickled over her nipples and belly.

“Such a messy girl,” I cooed.

My sister was near frantic with lust beside me, her knees bent at slight angles as she fucked herself hard and fast. “Christ almighty, S-Sarah. You’ve got such a f-filthy mind.“

“Thank you, sister,” I told her sweetly. “Why have you stopped feeding Kerry, though? Don’t you want to share with her anymore?“ I was teasing, of course. I knew she was about to go off.

I was ready to come too, gripping the table with one hand while I strummed myself for all I was worth. “Come with me, Judy. Let’s come for my little girl.“

Leaning in, I could smell us both on Kerry, rich, thick and musky. It was enough to take me over the edge, and Judy wasn’t far behind, fingers pressed into her sex as her mouth opened and closed in mute ecstasy.

I reached out and slipped two fingers into my sister’s spent cunt. When I took them back they were dripping. “One more taste, Peanut. This is an extra special one. Judy, get your fingers in my pussy, then feed them to Kerry.“

Together, we fed my daughter each other’s spend, then leaned in to kiss her in turn, tasting ourselves on her lips and in her mouth.

Judy turned to me, resting her brow against mine. “You’re a filthy, filthy girl, Sarah Hudson. I only came to drop Kerry off, for heaven’s sake.“

“Stay,” I told her. “Let’s see what else we can all get up to.“

Judy gave me a nod. “Let her lick you now,” she murmured in my ear. “You’ve held back long enough. I want to see your little girl lick your pussy.“

I took a seat and opened my legs for my daughter. And if that wasn’t invitation enough, I offered her a sassy look, too. “Well? You want to taste Mummy’s pussy for real, instead of from her fingers? Or should I close my legs again?” I slowly began to move my knees together. “Don’t spend too much time thinking about it, Princess Peanut…”

“Uh, no, wait!” Kerry squealed, pushing herself from the table top with considerable urgency. She took her place on the floor, kneeling between my legs, eyes dancing with anticipation.

I cradled her face in both hands, gently coaxing her towards my pulsating sex. “I know you’ve been waiting for this. So have I. Time to feed from Mummy. Lick me, Kerry.“

This slow, drawn out seduction of my little girl over the last few weeks had been all kinds of fun, but now I needed her tongue on me. In me. The floodgates had been well and truly opened. Why pretend any longer?

I gave an involuntary jerk when Kerry’s mouth made contact with my sex, still sensitive from coming moments earlier. Spreading my legs even wider, I brushed her blonde locks to one side.

Both hands laced in her lap, Kerry leaned in and gently lapped at my cunt.

“That’s it, baby,” I encouraged, my fingers trailing through her hair. “You’re doing a lovely job. Lick up and down some more. Mmmm, suck on this little bump at the top, too. Ooooh, yes… such a good girl.“

Judy had a hand between her legs. She leaned across to kiss me, her tongue hot and urgent in my mouth. “Fuck, Sarah. It all just gets better and better, doesn’t it?“

I let Kerry explore me a while longer, but my climax was imminent, and even though she was doing a wonderful job, I knew just the thing to make me come even harder. Sometimes I had Frankie do it to me when I topped her.

“Hold your tongue out for me,” I told Kerry. “Make it go all stiff.“

At any other time, I might have laughed at the sight of my eight-year-old poking her tongue out at me, but right then I was consumed by my own needs. I impaled myself on my little girl’s face, thrusting back and forth while her button nose bumped exquisitely against my clit. I grabbed handfuls of Kerry’s hair, clutching her to my spasming cunt. “S-sorry, sweetie… just need to… oh, yes!”

“Yeah, fuck her face, Sarah,” Judy hissed as she attacked her clit. “Looks so sexy watching you do that to your little one. Come on her. Come on her!”

The orgasm rippled through me, my pelvis working in short, erratic thrusts to grind out every last ounce of pleasure on my daughter’s face. I was using her like a toy. Using her like me and Frankie used each other sometimes. Would apologise later, coo at her like nice mummies are supposed to, take her to Nando’s, give her extra pocket money, whatever it took to smooth over any injured feelings. But now there was only Bad Mummy. And Bad Mummy took what she wanted.

Utterly spent, I took a moment to clear my head, then leaned down and kissed my daughter deeply, tasting myself on her. Our tongues met briefly before I broke away. “Got a little carried away there. You okay?”

A dazed Kerry could only bob her head up and down.

“Thank you,” I told her. “It was really nice. Uh… top marks!“ I clapped my hands. I actually fucking applauded.

“You’re welcome,” Kerry said with a deep bow, then broke into a grin. “What shall we do next? I want to rub my kitty on someone. Who wants to try that with me?”

Judy and I gave one another a wry look. My sister sat back down and patted her lap. “Get those knickers off and come sit on me, Kerr-bear.“

Kerry stepped out of her undies and planted herself on Judy, arms twining around my sister’s neck. Judy grabbed her arse and the two of them began grinding together, their mouths meeting in a heated kiss.

Still feeling randy, I plucked Kerry’s panties from the floor. I couldn’t help but smile. This was the pair that’d got us all into this mess in the first place, the pink ones I’d fished out of the laundry hamper and taken back to Frankie to share with her.

I gave them a little sniff while I watched her and Judy go at it.

3

Leaving Judy to recover from her own orgasm, my daughter and I eloped upstairs to share a shower. Mostly, I managed to confine myself to soaping Kerry and washing her hair, but I soon found myself lifting her up, pressing her naked body to mine while she wrapped her arms and legs around me, just like she used to when she was small.

When we were done, I took my time drying her with a towel, enjoying the intimacy of it.

“Did you and Aunt Judy do sex with Nanna when you were little?“ Kerry asked out of the blue.

I couldn’t help but chuckle at the notion. “Nanna wasn’t that kind of mummy, to be honest. Besides, me and your aunt were too busy doing rude things with each other.“

“But if Nanna had wanted to do naughty things with you, would you have?“

“I’m not sure. I don’t remember ever thinking about her that way, but then, you probably never thought about me like that before we started fooling around, did you?“

Kerry shook her head. “No. But when you and Frankie let me watch you have sex for the first time, it was like, ‘Omigod, I just can’t stop thinking about doing that with Mummy and Frankie now!’ So maybe you would’ve been the same with Nanna if she’d showed you some things.“

“Mmm. Maybe.“

Kerry peered back at me with doe eyes. “Is it wrong? What we’re doing?“

I had no idea anymore. Was it wrong? I loved my little girl, of course I did, but the sex was something else entirely. It was hungry, devious, unconcerned about consequences. And maybe that was the problem. Everything we’d been doing had been through a filter of pornography, trying to recreate the things we’d seen on the internet, striving to make it as dirty and nasty as we could, just to see what it looked like. The imagery was potent; subversive, but surely, somewhere beneath the porn, it was nothing more than nature doing what nature does, animals being animals.

It’s just sex. Skin against skin. Intimacy between women and girls. Fuck society and its endless capacity for blame and guilt.

“No,” I told Kerry. “It’s not wrong for women to teach girls about sex, not if the girl genuinely wants to learn. If it was a man forcing you to do things without your consent, then yes, that would be wrong, but what we’re doing is different. It’s just a more personal way of showing you how girls make love, that’s all.“

And getting your eight-year-old to lick Mummy and Aunt Judy’s pussy juice from their fingers? Where does that fit into the whole sex education angle, Sarah? Hmm?

Shut up. I’m done with you. You’re not me, you’re just the last residue of guilt I’ve yet to shrug off.

Yes. Good. You’ve passed the test. Carry on.

“Do you want to lick my pussy now, Mummy?“ Kerry said, jogging me from my reverie.

“I’d love to, Peanut,” I said with a smile, as if my little girl had just asked me if I wanted to see a picture she’d drawn. “If you want me to.“

“I do.“

“Let’s do it in your room, then,“ I said, because eating a little girl out in a little girl’s bedroom is so much sexier, don’t you think?

In Kerry’s room, I picked out her cutest t-shirt to wear, the pink one with red hearts and Princess stenciled on the front. She was still naked from the waist down, of course. It was a good look for her.

Kerry lay back on the bedspread and opened her legs for me. I took in the sight of my little girl for a few heartbeats, admiring the smooth skin of her toned legs, the curve of her bottom, the plump swell of her mons, blonde hair spilling around her shoulders.

Finally, I could wait no longer, leaning in to gently kiss the creases between her vulva and inner thighs. I could smell the subtle musk of her natural scent. I dragged my tongue through her puffy slit and she gave a breathless giggle. She propped herself up on her elbows to watch me, a smile playing at the corners of her mouth.

She tasted ambrosial, fresh and delicate. I settled down on the bed to enjoy my daughter, teasing her with my tongue, delving between her plump lips. Kerry grabbed fistfuls of my hair, squirming beneath me while I nibbled gently at her labia. Finding her arsehole, I eased the tip of a finger inside, probing her with it while I sucked on her clit. I felt her legs begin to tremble beneath me.

“Mummy… Mummy!’”

I was making my little girl come. Making her come in my mouth. And it was okay.

It was all okay.

4

Leaving Kerry to rest, I went to see if Frankie and Izzy were awake yet.

Judy was in our bedroom with them. She and Frankie were kneeling on the bed with Izzy sandwiched between them, all three of them naked. My sister and my girlfriend each had hold of one of Izzy’s hands, encouraging the five-year-old to touch where no five-year-old should be touching.

“That’s it, rub up and down,” Judy was saying. “What a clever girl.“

“It’s all sticky and wet!” Izzy declared with a big grin.

“Shhh. Keep touching. And while you do that, Mummy’ll rub your belly for you. You like to have your belly rubbed, don’t you?“

“Mmm, yeah, it’s nice.“

“Play with her pussy, Frankie.“

Frankie cupped my niece’s vulva in the palm of her hand, gently squeezing it. She eased a finger into the little girl’s puffy slit, drawing it back and forth. “You’re doing such a good job, Izzy,” she crooned as she moved her hips against Izzy’s fingers. Frankie wasn’t usually one for encouragement unless there was something in it for her.

I stood in the doorway to watch while I dried my hair with a towel.

Judy peppered kisses down the child’s nape. “She smells of big girl pussy, Aunt Frankie,” she said with pretend disapproval. “Why does my little poppet smell of cunt?“

“I’m afraid we made a bit of a mess of her last night, Mummy,” Frankie told her, playing along with my sister’s theatrics. “Well, mostly it was me. You know how I get all oozy.“

“Frankie did a sex wee on me, Mummy!“ Izzy giggled.

Frankie grinned. “I sure did, Izzy Wizzy.“

“Naughty Frankie,” Judy said with a smirk. She lay back on the bed and spread her legs open. “Show me how you got my little girl to fist you, Frankie. I want to see if she can do us both at the same time.” She glanced over at me. “You don’t mind me borrowing your girlfriend for a while, do you, Sarah?“

I padded over to the chest of drawers to retrieve some fresh clothes. “Nah, glad to be rid of her. She’s a pain in the arse.“

Frankie gave me one of her pouts. “Mean. Stay and watch us, babe. It’s gonna be really dirty.“

I shook my head in amusement and left them to it.

5

Later that night, it was just the three of us. Me, Frankie and Kerry casually nude in our bed, laughing and nattering away.

Kerry lay between us, a finger idly tickling the neat patch of heart-shaped curls below Frankie’s navel. Frankie gently rolled one of my daughter’s nipples between her thumb and forefinger.

“It’s my birthday tomorrow, Frankie,” Kerry said.

“I know,” Frankie told her, though it seemed unlikely. She almost never remembers birthdays.

“Do you know how old I’ll be?“

“Seventeen.“

“Nope.“

“Three.“

“Nope. I’ll be nine.“

I kissed my little girl’s bare shoulder. “What do you want to do for your birthday, Peanut? We could invite some of your friends round if you like.“

Kerry thought about it for a moment. “Can we go to a posh restaurant? Just you, me and Frankie? We could get dressed up all nice.“

“Sure,” I said.

“Sure,” Frankie said. She planted a kiss on the little pink nipple she’d been toying with.

“And then we could come back home and do sex all night.“

“Okay, then,” I said.

“Rock and roll,” Frankie said.

“But it’s my birthday, so you both have to do what I say, okay? I’ll think of some good things we can try.“

Frankie and I shared a look of intrigued amusement. My little girl was becoming very bold.

Sexualised, Sarah. Sexualised. I’m pretty sure that’s the word you’re looking for.

So what? It would’ve happened anyway. She’s getting to that age when she wants to flash her pussy at anything with a pulse. We’re just letting her explore her sexuality in the safety of our home. Better this than exposing herself online like Toothbrush Girl, or attracting the attention of horny little boys with smeggy willies. It’s okay. It’s probably okay.

Kerry was climbing on top of Frankie, the two of them mouth to pussy. Some faint residue of motherhood wanted me to tell them, “No. Not allowed. Uh-uh,” but what was the point in pretending there were any boundaries left to cross?

“Gimme that sweet pussy,” Frankie growled, “before it turns nine.” She propped her head up with a pillow, then spread Kerry’s arse and pussy open. “Oh, fuck yeah.”

I watched as my lover explored my daughter with her tongue, alternating between pussy and arse, making Kerry’s holes glisten with saliva. I grabbed Frankie’s hair, pulling her head back so I could kiss her on the mouth, tasting my little girl on her. “Now get back to work,” I hissed, releasing her.

Kerry was French kissing Frankie’s cunt, sucking and licking her creamy lips. I leaned in to join her, our tongues mingling.

And there I was, sharing my girlfriend with my eight-year-old daughter. All boundaries broken, all lines crossed, all notions of normality pushed aside. This is what remains. A hole that’s too deep to climb out of. A one-way ticket to Wonderland.

6

Well? Have you had enough yet?

We should think about finishing up my little story, don’t you think? I know, I know – you were expecting it to end with the inevitable orgy. But there’s nothing I could tell you that you can’t already imagine for yourself. You’ve read it a thousand times before, and God knows, it feels like I’ve written it a thousand times.

I’m tired of telling it. I’m tired of it all. This wasn’t supposed to be my life. A work-from-home mother with no real ambition, no drive to be anything more, a woman so desperate for thrills that she seduced her own eight-year-old child. What a fucking legacy.

I jumped down that rabbit hole without a care in the world, and now I can’t find my way back up. And I guess that’s what was at the bottom all along – purgatory. Because an eternity of pleasure can be hell, too. Like being force-fed your favourite sweets until your stomach churns and roils.

Or maybe I haven’t been honest with you. Maybe I haven’t told you the truth.

Sure, why not? Let’s go with that.

I’m a compulsive liar. A fantasist who told a wild and sordid tale of sex with little girls. I don’t even have a kid. I just conjured up a make-believe daughter.

There’s no Frankie, either. She doesn’t exist. I mean, c’mon. A young, edgy, beautiful, sexually adventurous girl who never demanded anything of me other than a tongue in her pussy? Who never questioned anything I did? It’s too good to be true, isn’t it? No, Frankie was just an imaginary friend from my childhood.

Or let’s say it was all a bad dream. I’ll wake up soon and carry on with my boring run-of-the-mill life, ferrying my daughter to and from school, proofreading meaningless bullshit documents all day, shouting at Frankie to, “Stop leaving your fucking shoes on the stairs where anyone can trip on them!“

How about this. I’m a straight-jacket-wearing loony who tells this story to a shrink. “I took my child to bed,” I tell her. “I corrupted my sister. Oh, the power!” The shrink nods, makes occasional hums of acknowledgement. Sometimes she writes things down on her clipboard. I’m never leaving this padded room, am I? No, I don’t think so.

Pause. Rewind.

I’m a bored, middle-aged wife and mother who decided to spice up her life by secretly penning taboo tales of forbidden lust and posting them online. It’s just a bit of fun, for God’s sake! None of it’s real! Lighten up! It’s just fantasy, blah blah blah.

No, no, scrap that. I’m not even a woman. I’m a man who looked in the mirror one day and discovered he’d grown old and grey, a lifetime of catastrophic mistakes staring back at him. Now we reap all we’ve sown. Because it’s too late to make things right.

I’m broken.

What do I lack? How do I fill the gaps in my life? What paths do I follow? What traps do I set for myself?

I want out. Where’s the fucking exit?

I’m Frankie. I died in a car crash.

I’m Judy. I’m pregnant.

I drift into the beekeeper’s story. Then I drift out again.

I’m a ghost in the machine.

I’m Alice. I’m the Mad Hatter.

Echoes of all the things I’ve been. Of all the things I could’ve been. Of all the things I will be.

I’m so tired. Aren’t you tired, too?

No. We need to stop now. Don’t ask any more of me.

But I’ll tell you what – let’s end the story another way. Who’s to say whether it’s true or not, but we’re done concerning ourselves with trivial matters like truth, aren’t we? We’ve transcended all that bullshit, you and I.

Now listen.

7

I received a text from Kerry’s teacher, Felicity Blake. It read:

   Sarah, I need to see you. You know the park next to the school? Meet me there at 6pm. Please come. It’s important.

I didn’t reply. Because I knew we’d been found out. I knew.

It was raining hard outside. I got the umbrella from the cupboard under the stairs and put it on the back seat of the car. I told Frankie and Kerry I was going up to the shop to buy wine and chocolate. I felt calm, like a prisoner being led to the gallows, nothing left to lose.

When I parked the car up ten minutes later, I could see Miss Blake sitting on a bench nearby, her plain cardigan pulled up around her neck in a pointless attempt to shield herself from the rain. She got to her feet when I approached with my umbrella.

“Hi, Sarah.“

I said nothing.

Miss Blake held up her phone like a priest brandishing a crucifix at a vampire. There was a photograph of Kerry and Izzy in a sixty-nine position, both of them naked.

“I found it on Kerry’s phone,” Miss Blake said in a shaky voice. “The hand resting on the other little girl’s back… it’s yours, isn’t it? I think it is, because you were wearing the same ring that day I spoke to you in the school carpark. I checked. You’re wearing it now.“

The picture was taken the day Judy and I treated the girls to a picnic in the forest. It had been raining then, too. We’d gone back home, soaked to the bone and feeling frisky; then taken a big batch of rude photos, along with an even ruder video. Had I taken any of the snapshots on Kerry’s phone? I couldn’t remember. Maybe Judy had sent one to her niece. What did it matter now?

“Are you going to call the police?“ I asked.

“No! No, I wouldn’t, Sarah.” Miss Blake shuffled her feet awkwardly. “W-what I mean to say is, no one else has to know. I… I’m sure we could work something out.“

I found myself smiling. Was Miss Blake trying to blackmail me? Surely not. “Mmm. I see. What is it you want, Felicity? May I call you Felicity?“

“Y-yes, please do! But I – I don’t want anything, Sarah. N-not really…”

I took a couple of steps towards her. “But you do, don’t you? You could have called the police. Or simply ignored the picture and never mentioned it to anyone. But instead, you asked me to meet you here. Why?“

Miss Blake looked down at her feet; brushed a droplet of rain from the tip of her nose with a finger. “No, it’s… The thing is, Sarah, I don’t know exactly what you’ve been doing, but it looks quite serious, and I, I should call the police, shouldn’t I? It would be the right thing to do. But… well…”

When Kerry’s teacher had shown me that photo, I quite reasonably assumed she had the upper hand; that I was at her mercy. I’d resigned myself to whatever fate she had planned for me, but now I was beginning to think I might be able to wrestle back control of the situation.

“You’re curious, aren’t you, Felicity? How long have you had that pic now? Two weeks? A month? I guess you must have copied it to your phone a while back. Have you been looking at it?“

Miss Blake wouldn’t meet my eyes. She gave a small nod. “I just wanted to know the, the story behind it. I know it’s none of my business.“

“Tell me what you want.“

“I… I… it’s not that I want anything, Sarah—”

“You can’t even bring yourself to say it, can you?” I fixed her with a stone cold gaze; gave my voice a hard edge. “Do I really have to stand here in the rain, after you summoned me, and tell you what you want?“

“I’m s-so sorry…” Miss Blake said in a small, frightened voice.

I stood there and simply stared at her for a while. She seemed to shrink under my scrutiny. “You look cold,” I said at last. “Cold and wet.“

“Y-yes. Forgot to bring my brolly. I’m so stupid.“

Miss Felicity Blake looked like she might burst into tears at any moment. I closed the distance between us and let her share my umbrella.

“You’re so pretty,” she near-whispered, her face close to mine.

I could feel her warm breath on my neck, smell the subtle jasmine fragrance she wore. “Am I?“

“Yes. And your girlfriend, she’s gorgeous. I – I just can’t stop thinking about… about…“

“About the photo? About us? About what we get up to behind closed doors?“

Miss Blake gave me another small nod.

“All right, Felicity. Here’s what we’ll do: Why don’t you come home with me? We can dry your clothes and get you warmed up. You can meet Frankie; say hello to Kerry. And then I’ll tell you everything you want to know. How does that sound?“

Miss Blake peered up at me like a grateful puppy. “Yes, I… that sounds nice. Thank you so much for being understanding, Sarah.“

I led Kerry’s teacher to the car. I took her home.

I showed her what was down the rabbit hole.

You know what was waiting for her down there, don’t you? Of course you do. Because I dragged you down, too. You were with us all the way. Right from the moment I plucked those dirty little girl panties from the hamper, I had you.

So what are we waiting for? Off we go.

Down and down and down.

The End

13
6
3
1
2
1
1

The Evil That Men Do, Chapter 24

  • Posted on August 27, 2026 at 1:04 pm

For a brief description of what takes place in each of the previous chapters, visit this page.

For a list of the characters from the story you are now reading, visit this page. 

For a list of the characters from the previous two stories that you will encounter here as well, visit this page.

And now, dear readers, we make our way into the next installment. Read on…

by Rachael Yukey

Invisible hate inside me now
Invisible hate ‘cos I am down 
Witchfinder General, 1982

“Here it is.” Vicky turned her laptop so Julie could see the images she’d pulled up. Julie moved the device from Vicky’s lap to hers, adjusting the angle of the screen a bit.

“Hmmm,” she murmured, scanning the listing Vicky had found on the Lute Society of America’s website. “Thirteen course baroque lute with bass rider after Burckholtzer/Edlinger. Constructed in twenty-twelve by luthier Jessop Goodall. Fifty-two hundy.” She pursed her lips, then grinned. “Gotta admit, the only part of that I understand is the price tag.”

“That means it’s a copy  of a lute that was made by Hans Burckholtzer in the late Renaissance, then converted by Thomas Edlinger in the late baroque,” Patty Spisak put in from Vicky’s opposite side. “Edlinger was a violin maker in Prague in the eighteenth century, and he converted Renaissance instruments into baroque lutes as a sideline. He—”

She broke off as Vicky whipped around to face her. “Good grief, Patty—how do you know all that? You don’t even play!”

Patty colored, looking down at her hands. “Yeah, but you know me. I get just a little interested in something, I have to find out everything about it. You showed me the listing yesterday, and I kind of went down a rabbit hole on the web last night. There’s this luthier who has a blog, and he wrote an article about how they did these conversions. Did you know they actually just sawed the neck off at the block, then stuck a new one in its place?”

“Jeez,” said Vicky. “You literally know more about this than I do.”

Lifting her gaze, a blushing Patty looked first to Vicky, then Julie, then finally Mallory, who was occupying the love seat. “I read that whole blog last night, plus a bunch of other stuff. I was up till like two. Pretty weird of me, huh?”

Vicky slapped her arm. “Stop that. You shouldn’t ever be embarrassed about wanting to know about stuff.”

“You’d make one hell of a historian, it sounds like,” said Mallory. Patty gave her a grateful smile.

“What about the guy who actually made this thing?” Julie wanted to know.

“Goodall’s a big deal, as far as luthiers go,” said Vicky. “He’s made instruments for some of my favorite players. When he makes stuff on commission, they go for like ten thousand, and that’s if they don’t have any fancy inlays.” Patty let out a low whistle.

“That’s not a surprising amount of money for a pro-quality musical instrument,” Mallory put in. “Especially one built on commission.” She stretched, stifling a yawn. She was feeling a little run down this afternoon, and wondered if it was the baby or just a touch of a bug. Probably the former—she was also ravenously hungry.

She cast her eyes about, reflecting that the living room of Julie’s childhood home felt more like her own than her father’s house ever had. Her most vivid memories of feeling like part of a family were right here.

Four heads turned as the front door opened. Jason Hanson entered, plastic shopping bags dangling from both hands. Lisa was right behind him, similarly laden.

“Afternoon, ladies,” said Jason, kicking off his shoes and making his way across the room in the direction of the kitchen. Stepping out of her flats, Lisa trailed along in his wake. “Hi, girls,” she said as she passed them by.

“Is there more to bring in, Mom?” Vicky wanted to know.

“No, sweetie, this is all of it,” Lisa called over her shoulder as she disappeared into the kitchen.

Julie turned her attention back to the laptop screen, lips pressed together. “Just how many strings does this fuckin’ thing have, anyway?”

Vicky grinned. “Twenty-four.”

“And people actually play these things…?”

“Yeah!” Patty enthused. “Vicky’s been showing me videos. Some of the players are pretty awesome.”

“So—” Julie hesitated for a moment. “If you were going to commission a lute for yourself, is something like this what you’d want? Or is it just your first choice of what you can find used online?”

“This one’s perfect, actually,” said Vicky. “Checks all my boxes.”

Lisa appeared in the kitchen doorway, dressed to kill in an ankle-length emerald skirt and light pink low-cut blouse. She smiled. “Julie, Mallory—are you staying for supper?”

Julie looked across the room to her lover. “Whaddya think, Mal? Free eats?”

“Sure.”

“Will you stay, Patty?” asked Lisa.

“Oh, jeez—thanks, Ms. Hanson! I’ll text my mom and see.”

“You do that. And call me Lisa.” Turning around, she disappeared back into the kitchen.

Jason appeared a moment later, crossing the room to his chair. “What are you ladies up to?”

“Vicky was just showing me this lute she’s interested in,” said Julie. “I told her a few weeks ago that if she’s really serious, I’ll help you get her one.”

Jason raised his eyebrows. “Yeah?”

“Yeah. She said you offered to put up three grand?”

“Yup.”

“And I have a thousand saved,” Vicky put in.

Julie shook her head. “Hang onto your cash—you’ve got college to get ready for.” She turned to Mallory. “Think we can manage twenty-three hundred, babe?”

Mallory chuckled. “She’s jerking your chain, Vic. We already discussed it, and decided how much we’re ready to spend. Can I see what we’re buying?” She started to rise, but Julie beat her to it, pushing herself from the couch and crossing the room. Settling herself on the love seat next to Mallory, she handed her the laptop. Not bothering to read the advertisement, Mallory enlarged the first picture, then began scrolling through the rest.

“It sure looks gorgeous,” she observed. “And it’s in Milwaukee. Might even be worth a road trip to pick it up, so there’s no chance of it getting damaged in shipping.”

“Contact the seller, Vicky,” said Julie. “Tell ‘em you want it, and make the payment arrangements. We’ll hook you up.”

Vicky had tears in her eyes. “I—God, I don’t even know what to say. You guys are the best. You too, Dad.”

“Just promise you’ll make beautiful music on it, and we’ll be happy,” said Mallory.

“Oh, I will. Thank you so much!” She leaned into Patty, who squeezed her arm.

“In other news—” Julie put her arm around Mallory’s shoulders, drawing her close. “Lisa,” she called out, “come in here when you get a moment. We’ve got something kind of big to tell everyone.”

Lisa reappeared in the kitchen doorway almost at once, a bag of frozen peas clutched in her hand. “What’s up?”

“Um—is this something I should duck out for?” asked Patty.

“No, it’s okay,” said Mallory. She took a deep breath. “I hope you’re making a big meal, Lisa. These days, I’m eating for two.”

***

Shannon Brentshaw took another sip from the bottle of Old Crow that sat open on the coffee table before her, shuddering a little as the harsh liquor slid down her throat. Cheap, nasty, and to the point—just like everything else in my fucked-up excuse for a life.

She’d never developed much of a taste for straight whiskey, and the best she could afford these days was rough as a standing fuck in an alley, but the more palatable alternatives were nowhere near fast-acting enough to suit her. The way Shannon figured it, if you had to get up to pee before you got shitfaced, whatever you were drinking was for sissies.

Setting the bottle back down with a satisfying clunk, she adjusted the screen on her laptop, then typed a name into the search box of her browser, a name that had taken a second bedroom tryst with that smarmy, self-absorbed sheriff’s deputy to obtain. She hoped with a savage sort of bitterness that it was worth it. That fat fuck didn’t even try to get me off.

But he’d been able to dredge up what might be the answer she needed. Seems a DEA agent by the name of Bridgett Ramscone had come in to seek out the origin of the drugs that fat babysitter had been on, and brought with her some super-sleuth who’d cracked open the whole thing in just a few hours. What the worthless fucking pigs didn’t have was the super-sleuth’s name. Crossing mental fingers, Shannon double-checked the spelling of Ramscone’s name against the scrap of paper in her hand, then hit enter.

Paydirt right away. The DEA agent in question had made news just a few months ago. Seems this lady had been supervising agent on a high-profile drug bust in—Shannon sat up straight, her jaw dropping. Bronning, Minnesota was not a town she was likely to forget in either this lifetime or the next. Not after that catastrophe fifteen years ago.

There had been considerable press on the subject, because there’d been a number of overdose deaths, the shooting of a twelve-year-old girl, and a hostage situation that ended with national guard intervention up by International Falls. Also, a large cache of heroin had been found, and in the ensuing weeks they’d been able to link that to a major international drug kingpin who’d been on the radar for decades, finally obtaining enough evidence to make an arrest.

Ramscone had been much lauded for resolving the situation, but had insisted on sharing that credit with a consultant. This particular lady, it seemed, had connected the dots that had led to the discovery of the heroin stash, and subsequently found the bits of evidence necessary to pin down the infamous Gordon Musciari.

The news stories regarding the Bronning incident all made mention of this elusive consultant, but never dropped a name. Abandoning that line of research, Shannon clicked on an article that was specific to Musicari’s arrest. And there it was—towards the bottom of the story, a picture of Ramscone standing alongside that smarty-pants bitch who seemed to have the answers to everything, looking as if she’d rather be anyplace else in the world. Something about that face set off alarm bells in Shannon’s consciousness. Squinting a little, she read the ridiculously tiny font the caption was comprised of.

Her eyes widened. “Antoinette Hastings,” she murmured. Then louder. “Antoinette Hastings? No way. No fucking way at all. Holy shit.” A trembling hand closed on the whiskey bottle before her. She took a generous slug, barely noticing the rough burn as it slid down her throat.

***

Vicky Hanson awkwardly wrapped both arms around the unfamiliar instrument, shifting a bit on the piano stool. Avoiding the bass courses, she brushed across the higher-pitched strings with her right-hand thumb, then grinned up at the seller.

“That sounds great!” she said.

Lacey O’Donnell, an elegant, stately fiftyish woman, smiled. “I think so. I’m reluctant to let it go, but all of my professional work is on the theorbo these days. I haven’t had this lute out of the case in months, and a fine instrument unplayed is like a puppy forced to spend its waking days in a kennel. I want it to be with someone who’ll make music with it. ”

Vicky brushed the strings again, a frown creasing her brow. “Okay—so the top six courses are a minor chord, and the lower ones—” her right hand thumb plucked the bass strings one by one, moving down the scale. Finding the note she wanted, she placed the fingers of her left hand on the fingerboard, then began playing a simple melody on the highest-pitched string, hand moving up and down the neck. She plucked the melody notes with her right-hand fingers while repeatedly thumbing that same bass note.

“Cool!” she said, her face lighting up. “And as long as I just stay on the same bass, I can use some of the other strings as drone notes.” She began alternating the melody notes she was playing on the high string with notes on the open strings directly adjacent to it.

“Okay,” she said, “the basses are diatonic, so to do a chord change I can just change bass notes like—” The next sound that emanated from the instrument was shocking and discordant.

“Oh, damn,” said Vicky. She stopped playing, wearing a rueful expression.

“Pretty sure that wasn’t the right note, Vic,” Julie observed. She, Mallory, and Patty Spisak were seated on a couch upholstered in plush velvet. The music room in Lacey’s home was cozy and tastefully decorated. Paintings adorned the walls, with statuary displayed on the few shelves that weren’t lined with books of music.

A Steinway baby grand took up a fair chunk of the space, and one entire wall was devoted to historical plucked instruments. Another contained a well-stocked bar. It clearly was not just a room for practicing, but a social environment for a woman whose friends were mostly other musicians. It was a space that seemed to fit Lacey like a glove.

Lacey, facing Vicky in an antique armless chair with a carved wood back and upholstered seat, gave a wry chuckle. “Don’t feel bad, dear—that was a very good first try for someone who’s never played in the D minor tuning before, and who isn’t used to an extended open bass range. Maybe the best I’ve seen.”

Vicky tossed her a relieved smile. “How long does it take to get good?”

“Bearing in mind that she’s already a very accomplished classical guitarist,” Mallory chimed in.

Lacey thought for a moment, then smiled. “So was I, but even so—learning to consistently find the bass courses you want with your right-hand thumb is a bit of a journey, to say nothing of getting comfortable in this tuning. It probably took me a full year to really feel proficient. But if you have the fortitude to push through the rough patches, it’s well worth it in the end.”

“Can I hear you play it?” Vicky asked.

Leaning forward to take the instrument from the teenager, Lacey ran practiced fingers over the strings, pausing several times to tweak tuning pegs. “Do you have a favorite composer for the baroque lute, darling?”

Vicky pursed her lips. “I’d say Weiss, but then, every second recording you find is either Weiss, or a Bach transcription. What’s your favorite that isn’t Weiss?”

Lacey cast her eyes to the ceiling for a moment, then back to Vicky. “In the bookshelf right behind you, the second shelf from the top is all literature for the baroque lute. You’ll find a book there of music by Denis Gaultier. His name is on the binding. Would you get it down for me, please, and bring it over here along with the music stand next to the bookshelf?”

Rising from the piano stool, Vicky located the requested tome, and brought it over along with an elegantly carved wooden music stand. Hanging onto the instrument with one arm, Lacey flipped through the book’s pages to find the one she wanted. When she spoke, it was in reverent tones.

“Denis Gaultier was a French lutenist and composer during the seventeenth century, following in the footsteps of his older cousin Edumond. The piece you’re about to hear is a tombeau, which is intended as a sort of musical tombstone, dedicated to a dearly departed. The dedication in this title is to Charles Racquet, Gaultier’s teacher. The resulting work is, in my opinion, a great masterpiece.”

A blissful expression on her face, Lacey placed her fingers on the strings and began. It was a piece of simple, melancholy beauty, and Lacey brought out its emotional overtones with exquisite artistry. When she finished, all eyes were riveted on her.

Mallory had tears on her cheeks, yet was the first to find her voice. “That was—extraordinarily beautiful.” There was a chorus of agreement from the others. Mallory wiped her face with the back of her hand.

Lacey favored her with a smile. “There’s tissues on that side table, dear. This is a place where overly sensitive people of an artistic persuasion—and I include myself in that count—come to tug on each other’s heartstrings. Yours aren’t the first tears to be shed in here. I’m glad to see I’ve returned the favor; I was in the audience for your performance at U of W Milwaukee in February, and shed tears of my own during the Debussy, as well as your own work entitled ‘Frosted Moonlight’.”

Drying her eyes, Mallory smiled. “Wow—you even remembered the title. Thanks. I have an album coming out on Naxos late next month, and that piece is on it. I’ll mail you a copy. What’s your preference for format?”

“You’ll do no such thing—I’ll buy a copy. It’s lean times for our particular art form; we have to support each other, don’t we? Now then.” Lacey turned her attention to Vicky. “What do you think, then? Is that what you were hoping for?”

“It sounds exactly like I dreamed it would,” said Vicky. “I just hope that one day I can make music on it the way you did just now.”

“Oh, I think you will,” Lacey murmured. “You have the soul of a musician, my dear. It’s there in your eyes; your hands.”

Vicky’s cheeks pinked slightly. “It’s not all me,” she insisted. “An instrument like yours… it’s hard not to shine when you’re playing it.”

Julie spoke up. “I liked it, too, but it’s not what I expected,” she said. “I was thinking it’d be like a big-sounding classical guitar, but it isn’t at all. It’s a lot brighter—almost a glassy sound.”

Lacey nodded agreement, casually stroking the lute’s neck. “A delicate, intimate instrument. One for bringing out exquisite threads of emotion in small groups of people, not so much for filling a concert hall with sound.”

She rose, bending over to gently place the lute in an open case next to the piano stool Vicky was perched on. “In any event, it’s yours now, Vicky. Your payment came through with no issues, and thank you very much.”

Straightening to her full height, she plucked the book from the music stand, returning it to its place on the bookshelf. Brushing her fingers across the spines of her collection, she selected another. Returning to the chair, she sat, then solemnly handed the book to Vicky.

“Also, a gift. This is a facsimile copy of the lutebook of the Princess von Wurtemburg, otherwise known as the Rostock Manuscript. It hails from the middle of the eighteenth century, when the German-speaking countries were the last bastion of the lute’s time in the sun. It’s filled with charming little pieces by mostly anonymous composers, none more than moderately difficult, and some quite easy to play. I use it pretty extensively for students, and I have a list of the pieces graded by difficulty, which I’ll email to you. Start with the easiest, master each one before moving on to the next, and a young lady of your talents is bound to succeed.”

Vicky’s face lit up. “Oh, wow—thank you, Lacey!”

“You’re quite welcome, my dear. Now—I must insist that you all stay for dinner. When I was informed that this many would be traveling to collect the instrument, I prepared accordingly, and it’d be unconscionable for all that food to go to waste.”

***

The three-person council of war met in the living room of Ellen Brentshaw’s musty-smelling trailer. Ellen rocked gently in her glider, a Marlboro clenched between gnarled fingers that shook slightly with a now-perpetual palsy. Her daughter Shannon perched on the edge of the sofa, while the quiet, brooding man in the olive drab jacket occupied an armchair.

These two are going to get me locked up as an accessory, she told herself. The thought did not carry much emotional resonance for Ellen. She’d spent her share of time in jail during her younger days, including two stints in the Iowa state pen that added up to a little over eight years. And now? She was old and infirm, her encroaching COPD and CHF virtually guaranteeing that any further incarceration would be of short duration. Might be worth it. Won’t have to cook my own damn meals anymore.

Because they were going to get caught; Ellen had little doubt of that. She’d known as much twenty years ago, when she’d sent a nosy cop off on the wrong tangent, just barely staving off catastrophe. It was that incident that had clued her into what her daughter was involved with, leaving her with a hard choice to make.

What these two psych-ward cases were up to was a shock, even to someone who had operated on the wrong side of the law for damn near her entire life. Then again, was it really so different from that time back in the seventies when she’d scragged that pimply-faced teenager before he could blow open their trade in duty-free cigarettes? Or when she’d held a gun to the head of the sniveling brat whose dad was refusing to cough up what was owed for the Oxys he’d scored from her?

She’d decided it was not. Some needs were their own imperative, and besides—this was family. You always protected family.

But of course, she’d been right—they got caught. And now these two idiots wanted to go after a goddamn DEA consultant, when all they really needed to do was lay low for a while and not do anything stupid. Ellen at least understood what was driving Shannon to this act of lunacy; it was the same blind rage that fueled her entire existence. Ellen understood it because—well—it ran in the family. As for the other member of their council, did anyone really understand his motivations? Ellen suspected there wasn’t anything there you could really pin down. The man was just deeply, hopelessly insane.

One more try to make these fools see sense, she decided. “Think this through before you both end up in the hoosegow,” she said.

“Jesus, Ma, that’s what I’m trying to avoid,” Shannon’s voice was petulant, bitter. “If she’s as good as everyone seems to think she is—”

“You just hush up and listen to me.” The old woman’s voice was suddenly harsh, a reminder of the commanding presence that had made Ellen Brentshaw the undisputed queen bee of the region’s trade in low-level contraband. It was the voice of a woman who had once been well on her way to achieving real wealth and power. That is, until her second trip up the river, which gave her fool husband the chance to run their operations himself. His terrible business decisions had wiped them out, a calamity from which the Brentshaw clan had never recovered. Shannon subsided, scooching back on the cushion and folding her arms, her jaw set in a pout.

“That’s better,” said Ellen, returning to her vaguely pleasant dear-old-granny tone of voice. “Now listen. She might be good, but she’s not God. The feds buy smart investigators in packs of ten. You got tracked down before, and it wasn’t her that was looking for you.”

Ellen took a drag on her cigarette, taking a moment to gather her wind. It didn’t take much talking these days to whisk it away from her. “Let’s say you get the job done. She ain’t just some random consultant, she’s the one that got rescued in the raid all those years ago. She disappears, or dies in a way that don’t look natural, just who the hell you think they’re gonna be looking at?”

A closed, mulish expression stole over Shannon’s face, confirming what Ellen already knew. This wasn’t about closing down the investigation. It was about revenge. It was either this tall, dark-haired cunt or her bitch sister who’d gotten her hands on the phone that had derailed everything and got Jacob sent up all those years ago. And now here she was again, sticking her nose in where it didn’t belong. Okay, that wasn’t great, but Shannon was too concerned about payback and not nearly enough about risk.

The man in the armchair spoke for the first time. “She has a point, Shannon.”

Shannon’s head whipped in his direction, betrayal written all over her face, while Ellen raised her eyebrows, surprised to receive support from this unexpected quarter. “If she dies,” he went on, “the feds are going to suspect a revenge killing. Why wouldn’t they? And who would they be looking at first? The family of Jacob Brentshaw. You’d have agents crawling up your ass with a microscope, and probably down your throat, too.”

“Hell, they’d meet in the middle,” Ellen observed with a nod of the head. “I think you’re better off staying with what you were doing in the first place: keeping your noses clean and your heads down. What does she have to work with, really? Nothing that points to us. I mean, it has to have crossed her mind, but if they had anything solid, they’d have been here to talk to all of us by now.”

That stormy expression had yet to leave Shannon’s face, and her arms were still folded defensively over her chest. But she grudgingly nodded assent. “Fine, whatever. But we need to keep an eye on things. If this, this Hastings woman shows up around here, starts asking questions—”

“Then we chew the fat some more,” said Ellen. “Until then—just wait.”

***

As the last note faded away, Patty burst into applause. Julie, who had a drink in her hand, clapped the other against a denim-clad thigh. Vicky looked up from the classical guitar on her lap, face lit up in a delighted grin. Mallory, seated at the baby grand in Lacey O’Donnell’s music room, gave a gracious nod. Lacey inclined her head. She was holding a theorbo, an enormous lute-like bass instrument that Vicky reckoned was probably a real menace to poor, unsuspecting tchotchkes if one wasn’t keeping track of where the bass course extension was pointing.

A smiling Lacey looked up at their audience of two. Her cheeks were a little flushed, whether from the exertion of music-making or from the wine she’d consumed over the course of the evening, Vicky wasn’t sure.

“You’re both very kind,” said Lacey. She looked to Vicky. “You improvise well.”

Vicky blushed with pleasure. “Thanks. To be honest, I feel like I’m kind of faking it a little. I mean—I can jam all day in a rock or blues situation, but this kind of improv is a little different. I’m just going off the chord progression and playing what I know will work.”

“Which is an excellent start, and leads to very pleasing results if your ear is good enough—and yours clearly is. I’m not surprised that you haven’t learned to play from a figured bass; it’s not a part of any standard classical guitar curriculum I know of, even at the university level.” She turned her attention to Mallory. “Or piano, for that matter. Where did you pick it up?”

“It was an elective in a conservatory prep program I attended in high school,” said Mallory. “I learned the basics there, and kept on learning because I got into playing with historical ensembles for awhile. Lots of baroque music, mostly on the harpsichord. Fun stuff. I’m working on an original piece for baroque ensemble; it’ll have figured bass accompaniment in some parts.”

Lacey’s eyes lit up. “If you haven’t already lined up an ensemble to premier it with, I’m the director of our historical music division here at U of W. I’d be interested.” She turned back to Vicky. “Now that you’re taking on the baroque lute, I recommend learning this style of playing in the strongest possible terms. It’s very much like a jazz ensemble playing from a lead sheet, although the learning curve is steeper. But at the time that lutes like yours were in vogue, it was a thing that any competent musician knew as a matter of course. I’m already planning to email you some instructional material; I’ll add to that a doctoral thesis written by a student of mine some years ago. It’s a beginner-level treatise on continuo playing, with instructions specific to the baroque lute’s tuning. That should get you started.”

Patty spoke up from her place on the couch. “Improvisation isn’t really a thing you picture when you think of classical music. What you guys just did was so cool.”

Lacey inclined her head. “Many things have changed over the past century where our art is concerned, little of it for the better. Complex art music has become almost exclusively the property of academia, and that’s led to a certain—calcification. The rigid lines drawn between performer and composer, for example—that’s a modern phenomenon, with no equivalent before the turn of the twentieth century.” She looked back at Mallory. “I applaud you for daring to perform and record your own compositions. It’s much needed. As is a return of the noble art of improvisation. I know a number of virtuoso performers with astounding technique, who if I asked them to play ‘Happy Birthday’ in C, would ask me if I had the sheet music for it. I imagine you’ve encountered a few such players yourself.”

Mallory screwed up her face. “More than a few.”

“Just so.” Lacey rose with the theorbo, handling the lengthy instrument with care. She carried it to the wall where her other plucked instruments were displayed, hanging it from a set of hooks that had clearly been custom–designed for it. Crossing the room to the smaller of the two sofas, she settled in.

“This has been very exciting,” she said. “Vicky, it’s a thrill to see someone as young as you choose the baroque lute; most people don’t gravitate towards it until at least their university-level classical guitar studies. But honestly, you’ve all been a delight to have as guests. Mallory, Julie—” she hesitated, then plunged ahead. “It’s so good to see a lesbian couple openly enjoying a life together, yet not going out of your way to call attention to it. So comfortable in your own skin. Twenty-five years ago, when I moved in with my partner at the time, it was something of an act of defiance, daring the system to retaliate.”

Julie’s eyebrows shot up. “I didn’t realize—”

“That I’m a lesbian? I suppose not. That’s how far we’ve come—I don’t feel compelled to make a statement of it anymore.”

She turned her eyes to Vicky. “I think I sense something between you and the tall young lady sitting next to your sister. Am I mistaken?”

Vicky colored. “Can I talk about it, Patty?”

Patty gave a shrug and a lopsided smile. “Guess I don’t see the harm.”

“We haven’t really figured out what’s happening,” said Vicky. “I don’t think we’re really girlfriends yet; more like friends with benefits.”

“Which is a perfectly fine thing to be. I admit, I’m a little envious.”

“I take it you’re not with anybody now?” said Mallory. Rising from behind the piano, she crossed the room, seating herself on the cushion next to Lacey. Lacey raised an eyebrow, then shot a glance towards Julie, who wore a knowing smile.

Comprehension dawning in Lacey’s eyes, she turned her attention back to Mallory. “Darling,” she said, “I’d be careful if I were you. I might be tempted to think you’re coming on to me.”

Mallory placed a hand on the older woman’s thigh, then caressed it through the fabric of the turquoise skirt. “Be tempted.”

On to Chapter Twenty-Five!

2
1
1
1

Down the Rabbit Hole, Chapter 9

  • Posted on August 20, 2026 at 12:55 pm

The Story Thus Far

Chapter 1: In which Sarah and Frankie peruse some rather risqué entertainment, then get intimately acquainted with a pair of soiled undies. Who says staying at home on weekends is boring?

Chapter 2: In which Kerry comes home, the Panty Fairy pays a visit, Sarah confides in her sister Judy, Kerry catches a whiff of pussy on Mummy’s fingers, and plans are made to let Kerry watch Sarah and Frankie have sex. Goodness me!

Chapter 3: In which Sarah and Kerry’s pussy-smelling game escalates, Sarah has a quick diddle in the school carpark, and Sarah and Frankie put their unorthodox sex education lesson into motion. Oh, and a traumatised teddy bear called Mr. Ruffles.

Chapter 4: In which smelling becomes tasting, and a visit to the bird sanctuary turns into an afternoon of naughty panty-modeling fun with Sarah, Judy and five-year-old Izzy. Bloody hell, now sister and niece are in on the act!

Chapter 5: In which poor Mr Ruffles suffers more teddy abuse, Sarah and Kerry’s kinky game goes one step further, and Judy pops round for coffee with little Izzy. A shared lollipop leads to more sharing. Appalling!

Chapter 6: In which Frankie and Sarah tiptoe into Kerry’s bedroom while she’s asleep, and an innocent picnic for the children turns into an afternoon of amateur taboo photography. Snap snap snap!

Chapter 7: In which Kerry’s teacher asks awkward questions, Sarah and Kerry finger each other in the car, and Kerry picks on Frankie while Sarah watches. Why, I’m all aquiver!

Chapter 8: In which Frankie and Sarah show Kerry the delights of lesbian sex again, this time the hardcore version, and Judy and Sarah hatch a plan to swap daughters for the night. Oh boy, it’s gonna get messy!

by BlueJean

1

If you tell yourself the same lie enough times, you can almost convince yourself it’s true. I’d gotten very good at lying to myself. It’s probably a defense mechanism or something.

Case in point: I was about to pimp my eight-year-old daughter off to my sister for the night. It was wrong, it was disgusting, and I was a serious contender for Worst Mother on Planet Earth.

Solution: Pretend it’s just a fun sleepover with Aunt Judy. Because it is. Kind of. There’ll be all the usual sleepover stuff – movies, chocolate, fizzy pop. And later on, when Marco gets relegated to the spare room and Kerry and Judy retire to my sister’s bed… Well, what you can’t see can’t hurt you, right?

And why was I agreeing to this madness in the first place? Because Frankie and I were getting my five-year-old niece in exchange. We had little Izzy to ourselves for the whole night, and unlike me, my sister had very few reservations when it came to swapping daughters. In fact, I’d come to realise that Judy seriously got off on sharing her little girl. She’d asked for pics, for Christ’s sake. My dear sister wanted to see all the lewd, unspeakable things we were going to do to Izzy. Didn’t bother her a bit.

2

During the short car journey to Judy’s, Kerry sat in the passenger seat demolishing a large bag of Maltesers. She didn’t seem the slightest bit concerned about what might be in store for her that evening.

I reached across and helped myself to a sweet. “Alright?”

Kerry blinked her eyes at me. “Huh?”

“I said, are you alright?”

“Yeah. Why?”

I gave a quick shrug. “No reason. No reason at all. What’re you gonna get up to with Aunt Judy on your sleepover tonight?”

“Dunno,” Kerry said, but I noted a sly little smile playing at the corners of her mouth.

“Maybe Aunt Judy will put on a movie or something.”

“Yeah. Maybe. Will you and Frankie watch a movie with Izzy?”

“Uh… Yes, I expect so. Definitely.” We travelled in silence for a while until I spoke again. “Listen, if you’re not happy with anything Aunt Judy is asking you to do, you don’t have to do it, you know?”

“Like what?”

“Well… like… if she offers you a muffin but you’re not in the mood for one, it’s okay to tell her you don’t want to eat her muffin. She’ll understand. Okay?”

Kerry gave me a side glance. “Why are you saying weird stuff?”

I pulled into Judy and Marco’s driveway. “It doesn’t matter. Forget I said anything.”

Judy will respect Kerry’s boundaries. She’s a pervert, sure, but she still loves her niece. She’s not going to force herself on your little girl, for Christ’s sake. Stop worrying.

I could have called it off, of course. It would’ve been the sensible thing to do. The sane thing to do. But then again, Frankie was waiting for me to return with our little guest. The daft cow was most likely pacing the lounge, chewing her fingernails in anticipation. I couldn’t let Frankie down. It was all for her benefit, really.

See how easy it is to lie to yourself?

“Mum!”

I nearly jumped out of my skin. “Bloody hell! Don’t scare me like that!”

Kerry was looking at me like I’d gone completely mental. “Omigod, I said your name three times! You just kept staring out the window! We’re at Aunt Judy’s already. We’ve been here for, like, five minutes. I dunno, maybe we should knock on the door or something?”

“Alright, sassy pants, keep your hair on. Don’t forget your overnight bag.”

Clambering into the back seat, Kerry took up her bag, exited the car and set off for the front door, giving me a baffled look over her shoulder. I poked my tongue out at her.

3

Marco answered the door with the untroubled comportment of a golden retriever. “Hey, look who it is,” he said, then ushered us into the lounge where Judy sat on the couch with Izzy nestled in her lap. My sister had let her hair loose. She seemed flushed; restless. The look she gave me was the same one I’d grown up with – the twinkling eyes, the merest hint of a smile threatening one corner of her mouth. I’m going to do something wicked, it said. I just can’t help myself.

“I hear you’ve been banished to the guest room tonight, Marco,” I said with a breezy smile, trying to project an air of normality.

“Oh, you don’t need to feel sorry for him,” Judy told me. “My snoring usually drives him in there anyway.”

Marco offered a good-natured shrug. I think my sister’s husband must be the most unruffled man on the planet. Funny, I thought Italians were supposed to be all fiery and emotional.

“Pfff, I know how it goes with you girls,” he crooned. “The cheesecake, the toenail painting, the Nightlight movie with the moody girl and the vampire boy.”

“Um… do you mean Twilight?” I ventured.

“Yeah, that one. So bad. And they just kept making more! Sheesh.”

Judy playfully shooed her hubby away with the wave of a hand. “Off you go, then. Kerry and I might let you back in later to watch a movie with us.”

Once Marco had sauntered off to whatever passed for his version of a man-cave (I imagine Michael Bublé albums, leisure-wear catalogues, a signed hardback copy of Eamon Holmes’ autobiography… then my mind shuts down to protect itself), Judy trailed a less than motherly kiss down the nape of Izzy’s neck before slipping the cutie off her knee. “Be good for Aunty Sarah and Aunt Frankie.”

“Did you pack my bag, Mummy?” Izzy asked.

“You’re only going for one night, silly. Take your toothbrush, though. And some toys, if you like.”

“I’ll take Twister to play with Frankie!”

I scooped up my niece, brushing my nose against hers. “We’re going to have lots of fun,” I told her. “Aunt Frankie was so excited about you coming to visit she nearly peed herself!”

Izzy found that hysterical. Judy sidled up to me, wrapping her arms around Kerry’s shoulders. “Remember – lots of pictures, okay?” she murmured. Her breath was warm against my ear. “Real dirty ones, too. I mean it.”

“God, you’re awful,” I told her. “I can’t believe I’m related to you.”

We drifted together in a lewd kiss, which Izzy found highly amusing, and Kerry, mildly intriguing. “Don’t break my daughter, please,” I said when our tongues had parted.

Five minutes later, I was heading back home to Frankie with my yummy niece in the passenger seat.

4

When I slotted the key into the front door and pushed it open, the house was unusually quiet. Normally on a Friday night, it would be a hive of activity, especially since Kerry started spending the weekends at home again. I’d expected to hear music playing, at least.

“Oh, Fran-keee!” I cooed, a hand cupped to my mouth. “Where are you?”

Izzy beamed up at me in delight, then put a hand to her mouth in mimicry. “Fraaan-keeee! Where aaaare yooooo?”

“Let’s go find that naughty Frankie,” I said, and Izzy raced ahead to begin the search.

Of course, it wasn’t long before we found her, stretched out on our bed, phone in hand. As we entered the bedroom, she discreetly withdrew the other hand from inside her unbuttoned jeans, face betraying the familiar flush of intense arousal.

Izzy registered none of this, just climbed on top of Frankie with a giggle. Frankie cupped my niece’s pert bottom through her skirt, nuzzling her neck. “Why, hello, Izzy Wizzy,” she cooed.

Perching on the end of the bed, I plucked Frankie’s phone from her grasp, giving her a wry look when it became apparent what she’d been watching. Kiddie porn. Pictures of little girls with their panties stretched round their knees.

“Izzy, go and have a look through our DVD collection and pick something for us to watch,” I told my niece. “We’ll come join you in a minute.” Izzy ran off in the direction of the lounge.

“Oi, I was about to come!” Frankie protested, reaching out for her phone.

“Yes, I’d noticed. But you’re not allowed to yet.”

Frankie looked shocked at the very suggestion. “I – I’m not?”

I shook my head slowly. “Seeing as you edged me for a near-eternity with the strap-on last week, you get the same treatment tonight. Except this time, Izzy’s the strap-on.”

“I want her so bad, Sarah. I’m fucking soaked just thinking about it.”

“I know. But we’re going to take our time with my sexy little niece. We have all night. Let’s make the most of it.”

5

Izzy picked My Neighbour Totoro to watch. She sat between me and Frankie on the couch, a big bucket of popcorn in her lap. Frankie alternated between helping herself to handfuls of the buttery snack and stroking Izzy’s thighs underneath her skirt, straddling the line between innocent affection and something of a more sexual nature. Every now and then she and I would drift together over Izzy’s head to share a deep lust-fuelled kiss. Izzy either didn’t notice or was too engrossed in the movie to care.

When the movie was done, and little Mei had found her way back to her older sister with some help from Totoro and the Catbus, Izzy turned to Frankie with a very serious expression.

“Frankie, I bringed Twister. Would you like to play it with me?”

“Fuck yes!” Frankie blurted, and I slapped her on the arm with a breathless laugh.

I ushered a lock of my niece’s dark, lush hair back behind an ear. “What Frankie means to say is: Yes, she’d love to play Twister with you, Izzy.”

Izzy nodded her approval. “Do you want to play it with us, too, Aunty Sarah?”

“Mmm… I’ll just watch you and Frankie have fun, I think. We’ll need a referee to work the spinner anyway.”

It wasn’t long before Izzy had the Twister mat unfolded on the floor, and after a few spins she and Frankie were contorted into increasingly awkward positions. No surprise that Frankie was doing everything she could to peek up my niece’s skirt and press herself up against Izzy at every opportunity.

During one particularly complex manoeuvre, Frankie had to spread each foot on the outer edges of the mat. Izzy was in a crab-like position beneath her, giggling away happily.

“Hey, this isn’t fair!” Frankie groused. “I can’t spread my legs properly in these tight jeans.”

“So take them off,” I suggested.

Frankie peered back at me with a sly smile. “I could do, couldn’t I? That wouldn’t be against the rules, would it, Izzy?”

Izzy gave the matter serious consideration. “No, I think you’re allowed to do that. Does that mean I have to take my skirt off?”

Frankie’s eyes lit up. “Yes. Yes, I think it does. I’m a little hazy on the rules of Twister, but I think that was definitely one of them. Right, Sarah?”

“Uh, yeah, I’m pretty sure if one player removes an item of clothing, the others have to do the same. So everyone’s on an even footing, as it were.”

“Okay,” Izzy conceded, “but we have to remember our places, so we can do them again.”

“Don’t worry, I’m keeping track,” I assured her.

Frankie stepped off the mat and unbuttoned her jeans, pushing them down her legs while she watched Izzy slip out of her skirt. I remembered my sister’s request, and knew this was where the pictures should commence.

“What’re you doing, Aunty Sarah?” Izzy asked when I pulled my phone out and clicked a shot of her and Frankie in their knickers. I sent it to Judy with the caption: Frankie and Izzy prefer to play Twister in their undies!

“Just taking a couple of pics for your mum, sweetie. She wants to see all the fun we’re having.”

Now unhindered, Frankie assumed her position again, legs spread wide over Izzy. Her eyes immediately fixed on the five-year-old’s pink Hello Kitty panties.

   You picked those knickers out specially with us in mind, didn’t you, Judy? I thought. You devious, calculating pervert. I wouldn’t expect anything less of you.

My phone pinged, and a new message popped up.

   DIRTY ones, I said! I can look at pictures like that in the underwear section of a mail order catalogue.

Ooh, feisty. Someone’s not taking any shit tonight. I messaged her back.

   Patience, sister. They’re going to get dirtier. Much dirtier.

   They’d better!

Such a brat. I fired a text back.

   How’s Kerry?

  Oh, she’s just peachy. We’re in the lounge watching Wonder Woman with Marco at the moment. Kerry and I are on the couch with a blanket over us. I have a hand down her panties. Is that okay?

   Yes, it’s okay, as long as Kerry’s fine with it.

   She’s squirming around, and she keeps looking up at me and smiling, so I guess she’s okay with it.

   Good. Just don’t get caught!

   Don’t worry. When the movie’s finished, I’m taking her to bed. Then I’ll send you some pics you’ll NEVER forget!

Did I want to see pictures of Kerry and my sister going at it? Maybe. If nothing else, it was a good way to check up on them, to make sure Judy wasn’t taking things too far. Of course, my idea of what constituted “too far” had become quite blurry of late.

“Um, Sarah?” It was Frankie, still spreadeagled over Izzy.

“Mmm?”

“Can you spin the dial again, please? Much as I enjoy the view, I don’t think I can keep this position much longer.”

“Frankie? Why’s your knickers all wet?” asked Izzy, and it was a perfectly reasonable question.

Looking closer, I could see Frankie’s panties were soaked through, the wet patch on her crotch spreading ever wider. “I told you Frankie pees herself when she gets excited,” I said to my niece with a grin.

Izzy offered Frankie a sympathetic look. “Do you want to go put on clean ones?”

“Nah,” Frankie told the five-year-old. “I’ll only pee the fresh pair, too. Besides, I like wearing messy knickers. Makes me feel all tingly.”

“You’re dirty, Frankie!” Izzy declared with a giggle.

The game of Twister continued.

When Frankie and Izzy ended up in an awkward variation of sixty-nine, Frankie splayed out on the mat while Izzy crouched over her, I knew it was worthy of another pic. Frankie was discreet as she was able when she brought her face to my niece’s knickers and breathed in the scent of little girl.

I attached another message to the photo and clicked send.

   Frankie has a sneaky little sniff. Naughty, isn’t she?

   It’d be naughtier if she pulled those sexy undies to one side and had a little taste.

   Nuh-uh. We’re not quite there yet, my twisted sister.

As the game continued, Frankie ended up in a crab pose with Izzy’s face perilously close to her sodden crotch.

Izzy screwed her face up with a smirk. “You smell funny, Frankie.”

Frankie’s knickers were now more liquid than fabric. She lifted a hand from the mat and stroked herself between the legs, no longer able to exercise restraint.

“You took your hand away, Frankie!” Izzy cried triumphantly. “That’s cheating, so I win!”

“I’m afraid Izzy is correct, Francesca,” I cooed. “It is indeed cheating. That’s not what we agreed on, was it? I said we were going to take things slowly.”

My lover stared at me with pleading eyes. “I wanna come so bad, though.”

“I know, darling, but we’ve got all night. Take your hand away from your cunt now, there’s a good girl.”

Frankie complied with a pout. She brushed her wet fingers across Izzy’s lips before I could tell her no, then got to her feet.

Izzy climbed into my lap and I nuzzled her face, my hands cupping her bottom. Frankie knelt next to us and peppered Izzy’s neck with her own kisses, fingers brushing back and forth along the little girl’s bare arm.

“How about we all go upstairs for a nice bath?” I suggested. “Playing Twister looks like it got you both all hot and sweaty.”

“I already had a shower with Mummy,” Izzy said. ”She washed me all over.”

“That’s okay,” Frankie told her. “I had a shower earlier too, but we’re allowed to have another. And it’s lots more fun to have a bath together. We get to wash each other!”

Izzy seemed to be mulling it over. She looked from me to Frankie, eyes narrowed into lines of mock suspicion, the hint of a smirk creating dimples at the corners of her mouth. She was a smart kid, and was no doubt coming round to the idea that some ladies wanted things from little girls that weren’t entirely innocent. We’d already shown her some of the sexy games big girls liked to play, and I knew Judy had been having her own fun with her five-year-old when Daddy wasn’t around.

I rubbed my niece’s belly through her My Little Pony t-shirt, giving her a winning smile. “What do you think, Izzy? Does a bath with your two favourite aunties sound nice? Hmm?”

Mind made up – or played like a fiddle, if you’re of a cynical nature – Izzy bobbed her head up and down. Frankie and I shared a look, as if convincing a five-year-old to get naked in the tub for our pleasure somehow made us especially clever instead of devious and manipulative.

6

Up in the bathroom, we had Izzy right where we wanted her, naked in the tub while Frankie and me, now reduced to our knickers, sat on the rim and gleefully soaped her up, running our hands all over her babyish body. Now we had a perfect excuse to touch her, and we were going to exploit the opportunity for all it was worth.

I snapped another pic for Judy, then attached a message.

   Bath time! What could be more innocent?

   Make sure you give my little girl special attention between her legs…

Frankie didn’t need telling, though. Her soapy fingers were already engaged between Izzy’s thighs, gliding through the little girl’s delectable vagina.

I had Izzy stand up in the bath, on the premise that we needed to get her soaped up one last time before rinsing. Of course, it was really just an excuse for another picture and text.

   Frankie just can’t help herself!

   Tell Frankie to put a finger in her pussy. Trust me, it’ll go right in.

Yeah, I bet it will, I thought. I’d no doubt my sister had been a busy little bee these past few weeks.

“Finger fuck her,” I whispered in Frankie’s ear, not wanting to give the game away too soon. “Judy says you can. But just one finger, okay?”

I was quick to take another shot of Frankie sliding a finger in and out of my five-year-old niece’s tight little hole.

   Is this what you mean, Judy? We don’t know much about that kind of thing, so I hope we did it right.

   That’s more like it. Stick a finger in her bum, too. Taking Kerry to bed now. Have fun with my baby girl.

“Why you doin’ that, Frankie?” Izzy asked as she watched my girlfriend finger her, but judging from the little smile she wore, I think she had some inkling what we were up to.

On Judy’s advice, I cupped my niece’s pert little bottom, then slipped a soapy finger into her arse.

“We’re just washing you properly,” I told my niece. “Getting to all those nooks and crannies so you’ll be as clean as a whistle.”

Frankie let a hand wander down to give herself a quick stroke through her soaked knickers. “I think it’s about time we got these panties off and joined Izzy, don’t you?” she said to me.

I gave her a nod, and we both slipped our knickers down our legs and away. We leaned in for a nasty tongue kiss, the kind of kiss that speaks more of pure lust than affection.

There wasn’t exactly ample space for three in the tub (two and a half, really), but we managed. I sat behind Izzy, her bottom pressed snugly against my mons, while Frankie perched on the corner, her feet in the water. She soaped her tits up, then guided Izzy’s hands to them.

“Wash my boobs, Izzy.”

Izzy let her hands glide over the swell of Frankie’s breasts.

“A little harder. You won’t break me.”

I sent another pic; another caption.

   What part of Frankie should we have Izzy wash next, I wonder…?

No reply from Judy this time. A picture instead. My sister’s hand pulling down Kerry’s pyjama bottoms and knickers, my daughter spreading her bum cheeks open to expose her arsehole.

I felt a surge of lust ripple through me, and nearly dropped my phone into the water, managing to juggle it back into my hand at the last second. Kneeling in the bath behind Izzy, I found myself rubbing my pussy against her bare, soapy back. “It’s time to wash Frankie between her legs now, Izzy,” I said. “Just like she did to you.”

Frankie’s eyes glazed over for a moment, and she quickly lathered up her pussy. When she was done, she spread her legs wide, one foot on the side of the bath. Izzy could only stare in wonder. Frankie took one of the little girl’s hands and brought it to the epicenter of her throbbing sex.

“Come on, Izzy Wizzy. Give my cunt a real good wash.”

Izzy moved her fingers around clumsily. She smiled up at Frankie. “Like this?”

“Yeah, that’s it. Put one of your fingers inside. Let me help you find the opening. Right… there. Oooh, f-fuck, that’s nice… Push it in, cutie. Mmmm, just like that. Now put two fingers in. Clever girl! Move them in and out. A little f-faster… Fuck yes!”

I managed to snap another pic while I ground my pussy on Izzy, a shot of my niece’s fingers jammed inside Frankie’s cunt. I clicked send, and soon received another dirty photo from Judy. She and Kerry were now completely naked. My sister was leaning back against the headboard, Kerry sitting spreadeagled between her open thighs. Judy’s hand was preserving my daughter’s modesty, though I seriously doubted that was her intention.

When I turned my attention back to Frankie, I could see she’d persuaded Izzy to penetrate her with another finger. And another. A little thumb soon slipped in alongside the other fingers, then Izzy’s hand was buried inside my girlfriend’s cunt.

“Look, Aunty Sarah!” the five-year-old cried.

“Wow, you’re so clever, Izzy!” I told her. “You got your whole hand in there!” I think it’s important to encourage children when they do a good job.

Frankie looked down at my soapy niece with an almost predatory gleam in her eyes. Taking hold of Izzy’s wrist, she began fucking herself. “Omigod… always wanted to be fisted by a little girl. Fuck, I’m g-gonna come so hard…”

I had to capture this for Judy, but decided to send her a thirty second video clip instead of a pic. I knew my sister would get off in a big way when she heard the wet sounds Izzy’s fist was making as it pounded into Frankie, not to mention the way my girlfriend was talking dirty to her five-year-old.

“Fuck me, Izzy! Fist-fuck Aunt Frankie’s cunt! Oh, shit… gonna come all over that sweet little hand.”

“Um, are we still washing?” Izzy asked.

“Yeah,” I told the five-year-old as I slipped a hand into the water to fondle her slit. “We’re still washing.”

Frankie clamped a hand around Izzy’s wrist and held her fast while she rode out what looked like a real wall-shaker of a climax. “F-fucking hell… Fuck-ing hell!”

A message from Judy popped up on my screen.

   What’s my daughter’s hand doing inside your girlfriend’s vagina? Filthy! That settles it – I’m going to lick Kerry’s pussy now. It’s only fair.

I felt a brief pang of jealousy. It should’ve been me going down on Kerry, me showing her all the ways girls and women can make love.

You had plenty of chances, I admonished myself. But you were too busy setting those silly imaginary boundaries. I mean, did you really think rubbing your pussy on Kerry’s face was okay just because you kept your knickers on? That fingering her in the car was just harmless foreplay?

I thrust my envious stirrings aside as I dipped Izzy’s hand in the water to wash away Frankie’s mess, then set about lifting her out of the bath to dry her off.

Judging by the wild gleam in her eyes, Frankie wasn’t quite done for the night. And me? Well, I found myself wondering if it was possible to bring a five-year-old to orgasm.

We led the naked little girl into our bedroom.

7

While Izzy and I nuzzled one another on the bed, my niece straddling me like little Mei had straddled Totoro, Frankie dug around in the bottom of the wardrobe for something or other. We hadn’t bothered getting dressed, of course, so I had no idea what she was up to.

“What’re you doing?” I finally asked her.

“Just a minute. Ah, here we are.” She pulled out her black leather thigh boots and climbed into them, zipping them up at the back.

“And… you’re wearing those to bed?” I ventured.

Frankie ignored me. She climbed on the bed, sat back against the headboard, and spread her leather-clad legs just about as wide as they’d go. Her pussy glistened with moisture. “Izzy?”

Izzy stared openly as Frankie brazenly displayed herself. “Hmm?”

“Do you remember that day a while back when Mummy showed you how to lick my pussy?”

Izzy nodded. “It tasted nice, ‘cause you made my lolly go inside.”

“Will you do it to me again? You did an amazing job last time.”

My niece peered back at me with a shy smile. I gave her a nod of encouragement. “Go on, poppet. You’ll make Frankie really happy.” Acting on impulse, I gave her an added incentive. “Tell you what – if you lick Frankie’s, I’ll lick yours at the same time. How’s that?”

Izzy’s smile widened. “Okay, Aunty Sarah. But you have to do it for longer, ’cause last time you stopped too quick.”

That was music to my ears. The last time I’d gone down on my niece was the day my sister popped round. We’d taken Izzy upstairs, and Judy had encouraged me and Frankie to touch and lick her little girl while she watched and masturbated, finally giving in to the temptation of tasting Izzy herself. I’d been aching for another taste of that sweet little pussy ever since.

“Don’t worry, I’ll keep licking you as long as you do the same to Frankie,” I assured the child, and that was all it took to convince her.

She crawled between two pillars of black leather and put her mouth on Frankie’s hot, throbbing sex as if it was the most natural thing in the world. Frankie’s eyes nearly rolled in their sockets. Cradling Izzy’s head, she began to gently roll her hips. “Yeah, fuckin’ lick me, little girl!”

I was so enraptured by the filthy scene taking place before me that I nearly forgot my own task, at least until Izzy looked back at me with a cute pout, her mouth already coated with Frankie’s juices. “Come on, Aunty Sarah. You’re s’posed to lick me, too.”

I didn’t need telling twice. With my niece’s bottom jutting up in the air, I spread her cheeks apart and got to it, lashing my tongue through those exquisite lips.

I could hear Frankie muttering obscenities. “Fuck, yeah, that’s so good. You like my pussy cream d-dribbling into your mouth, Izzy Wizzy? Mmm? What a good girl, eating Aunt Frankie’s cunt like that. Ohhhh!”

Briefly withdrawing my tongue from Izzy’s smooth slit, I quickly scrambled for my phone to take a nice shot of my niece pleasuring Frankie. My girlfriend’s cunt was oozing rich, creamy nectar, soaking into the sheets below.. I clicked SEND, then got back to work on Izzy before she had cause to complain.

I spread the child’s cheeks even wider to get at her arsehole, bathing the wrinkled treat with my tongue.

Izzy peered back at me. “You have to lick both at the same time, Aunty Sarah. The way Mummy does. Like you’re eating an ice cream.”

Well, you have been busy, big sister, I thought. I followed Izzy’s instructions to the letter, drawing my tongue all the way from her pussy to her arse and then back down again. I paused long enough to take a deep breath, taking in the scent of little girl – subtle but oh, so intoxicating.

I peered across the child’s bare back to watch Frankie thrust her hips up and down, grinding her cunt into Izzy’s face. “Keep tongue-fucking her, Sarah,” she told me. “See how she likes to eat pussy? Look at that pretty mouth, just dripping with cunt. I bet Mummy would love to give her a nice kiss right now.”

My phone pinged. It was my sister sending another pic. Judy and Kerry were tribbing while they sat opposite one another. There was an accompanying message.

   Omigod, I LOVE the kinky boots. I am so borrowing those. Frankie better come in Izzy’s face. I need to see that!

I didn’t bother replying. Too busy feasting on my niece.

Frankie suddenly got up onto her knees. “Turn her over, Sarah. I wanna try doing her a different way.”

“Lay down, poppet,” I told the youngster, gently easing her back onto the bed. “Frankie’s got something special planned for you.”

Frankie squatted over the little girl reverse-style, splaying herself open with her fingers. She sunk down and began rubbing her cunt in Izzy’s face, hips rocking back and forth. Getting the idea right away, Izzy poked her tongue out, letting Frankie do most of the work.

“Lick her pussy some more, Sarah,” Frankie panted. “I’m gonna come on her face.”

“Go easy on her, Frankie,” I cautioned. “Slow and gentle, okay? She’s not one of your dildos.”

“H-hey, I can be a nice girl. Just wanna rub my c-clit on her nose; feel that little tongue go inside me. Fuuuck…”

After snapping a few more shots of Frankie riding Izzy’s mouth, it was time to see if I could make my young niece come. I worked a finger into her tight pussy while flicking her clit with lightning-fast swipes of the tongue.

After several minutes of intense exertion, Frankie put her arms behind her head and let her climax come freely, hips twitching as she oozed warm, creamy ambrosia over Izzy’s tongue and mouth, leather boots creaking with the effort of it. “Yes!” she squealed. “Yes! Yes! Yes! Fuck yes!” She fell back against the headboard with a satisfied groan and began idly spreading her copious juices around her pussy and inner thighs while she watched me lick my niece.

“Rub my belly, too, Aunty Sarah,” Izzy murmured, so I did, nursing on her tiny clit at the same time. She began squirming beneath me, her mouth still wet from Frankie’s spend. When she began making little mewing noises, her hands clutching at my hair, I knew I’d brought my niece to some approximation of an orgasm.

“Oooh!” Frankie cooed. “Izzy did a big girl come!”

I blew on my niece’s belly, drawing a giggle from her, then peppered kisses up her body. “Was that good?” I asked when my lips had reached her mouth.

Izzy bobbed her head up and down.

“I think it’s Aunty Sarah’s turn now. Will you give me a nice lick, too?”

Izzy’s eyes gleamed with mischief. She gave me an impish smile, then shook her head.

I gave her a pout. “Awww, no fair! Just a little lick? A teensy weensy one?” I pinched two fingers together to emphasise the point. “Then you can tell Mummy what a big girl you were, making both aunties feel good!”

“Only if you give me all the lollies in the lolly jar.”

I opened my mouth in pretend outrage. “All the lollies?! Uh-uh. How about two lollies?”

“Three lollies!”

“Take the deal, Sarah,” Frankie advised. “We can rebuild.”

Christ, I needed to come so bad. “Very well, Isobel Sophia Benedetti,” I agreed. “Three lollipops it is.” I gently coaxed Izzy from the bed until she stood beneath me, then pressed her face to my pussy. “Lick it, sweetie,” I implored, rolling my hips back and forth. “Be a good girl and lick Aunty Sarah’s slutty pussy.”

I was rewarded with a little tongue flicking across my clit. I cradled Izzy’s head and ground myself into her.

Frankie was watching us intently from the bed. She’d gotten hold of Izzy’s panties and was now stuffing them into her cunt while she attacked her clit. “You dirty bitch, Sarah.”

“T-takes one to know one,” I muttered, then quickly came on Izzy’s face. “Oh! Oh, God…”

When I’d released her, Izzy wiped her mouth with the back of a hand before slumping onto the bed with a yawn.

Having spent a few moments to recover, I snatched up my phone and took one final pic of a sleepy, very messy niece, then sent it to Judy.

“Okay, sweetheart?” I asked the child soothingly, stroking her hair.

“Mmm, I like that game,” Izzy said with a smile. “Is it bedtime, Aunty Sarah? I’m sleepy.”

“If you like,” I told her. Another message came through from my sister. “Wait just a second, and I’ll tuck you in.”

   My God, what did you do to my baby girl? I am SO turned on right now. I’m going to ask Kerry to eat my pussy so I can come.

   I hope the pics were dirty enough for you, big sister. We should probably get Izzy cleaned up now.

The next text arrived quickly.

   No, don’t. Do something for me first.

   Yes?

   Clean Izzy up with her panties and put them back on her. I want to smell you and Frankie on my little girl tomorrow when I pick her up. Okay?

I was about to message her back to tell her how depraved she was, then realised I didn’t have much standing to make that argument. I settled for something simpler.

   Whatever works for you. We’re all very tired now. Nighty-night. Kisses.

Izzy was adamant in flat-out refusing to put her Hello Kitty panties back on after they’d soaked up Frankie’s mess, and I couldn’t blame her. We hung them on the end of the bed to dry and told her she could wear them tomorrow. She seemed satisfied with that.

We slept naked that night, Izzy cozily wedged between me and Frankie. At some point, I woke to the sight of Frankie kneeling on the floor, gently lapping at my niece’s puffy slit while the child dozed on.

“Do you plan on doing that all night?” I asked my lover.

She came up for air long enough to tell me, “Yeah, I think so. Maybe just another hour or two.”

I shook my head in wonder. “Well, bon appetit,” I told her, then drifted back to sleep.

On to Chapter Ten!

5
11
2
4

The Evil That Men Do, Chapter 23

  • Posted on August 10, 2026 at 12:05 pm

For a brief description of what takes place in each of the previous chapters, visit this page.

For a list of the characters from the story you are now reading, visit this page. 

For a list of the characters from the previous two stories that you will encounter here as well, visit this page.

And now, dear readers, we make our way into the next installment. Read on…

by Rachael Yukey

I’ll kill the beast so to free my soul
And smash the mirrors that won’t let me go 
W.A.S.P. 1995

“Pregnant, huh?” Paulette Reid shoveled her last bite of Eggs Benedict into her mouth, seemingly unfazed by her granddaughter’s news. Mallory only nodded.

Patting her mouth with a napkin, Paulette looked to Julie. “How’d you pull that one off?” The two younger women shared a glance, then cracked up. Mal’s grandma had lost none of her dry, cutting wit.

Julie knew it was a mistake to try keeping up with Paulette, but took a stab anyway. “It’s this service out in Colorado, Grandma. Rent-a-Stud. You call them up and—”

“For an extra five bucks do you get to watch?”

Dissolving into laughter again, Julie rubbed her eyes. Paulette could run rings around her; always had been able to.

Grinning, Mallory laid a hand on her partner’s arm. “I don’t know if we’ve ever really talked about it, Grandma, but see, I’m bisexual. I sometimes—you know—”

“Get yourself a little pickle tickle?” Paulette murmured, gazing over the rim of her coffee mug as she took a sip.

Julie and Mallory cracked up again. “Something like that,” said Mallory, talking around her laughter. “And yeah, Julie knows. I don’t do it very often, and never without talking to her.”

Paulette raised an eyebrow. “Do you talk to her before, or during?” As the younger women erupted in mirth yet again, Paulette finally allowed a smile to touch the corners of her lips. “Y’know, someone once asked me if I talked to your grandpa during sex. I told ‘em I did, if there was a phone handy.”

More laughter. Finally Mallory sobered. “The guy lives up in Bronning; he’s a friend of Nettie’s. We haven’t figured out how we’re going to work everything out yet, but I’m having the baby.”

Paulette nodded. “And I get to be a great-grandma. I was starting to wonder if that was gonna happen.”

“I always assumed one of my cousins was going to take care of that for you,” said Mallory with a grin.

“You mean Michael, by any chance?” Paulette shook her head. “The way that boy jumps from one to the next, he’s either really careful or really lucky.” She cocked her head. “If I know my Mallory-girl, you’re careful. So… not that lucky, I guess?”

Mallory chuckled. “That depends on how you look at it, right? If you’d asked me right after I found out, I’d agree with you, but at this point I’m feeling pretty damn lucky.”

Paulette positively beamed. “Then I’m happy for you, sweetheart.” She rubbed her chin, the smile fading from her lips. “Tell your mom yet?”

“Not yet. And speaking of that…” Mallory broke off, pursing her lips and looking down at her plate. “I’m not sure how to ask you this.”

“Opening your mouth and letting the words roll out usually works, dear. But I think I might just have an inkling what it is you want to talk about.”

Lifting her head to meet her grandmother’s gaze, Mallory blew out her breath, a relieved look on her face. “I should’ve known. Julie said you’d already be aware.”

Paulette gazed down at her coffee cup. “Oh, I’m aware. I was hoping she might be different with you. Guess not, huh?”

“So—she’s been all distant and icy with everyone?”

“Fraid so. We live maybe forty minutes apart, and she never visits anymore. I see her when I’m in Alex, or try to. But I never feel like she’s happy to see me, and all I get from her is the duty phone call every few weeks.”

“That’s damn peculiar,” Julie put in.

“Oh, not so much,” said Paulette. “Sharon was always mood-swingy. We maybe should’ve taken her to a shrink and seen about a diagnosis when she was a kid, but it wasn’t something people thought about all that much in those days. Mallory-girl, has it occurred to you that she’s just plain depressed?”

Mallory shrugged. “She was when I was little, sure. But going her own way and getting a career and all that seemed to fix it—”

“Bull caca,” said Paulette, her tone soft but firm. “You’re really gonna tell me that it was all roses and whipped topping when you were in high school?”

Mallory’s face turned thoughtful. Her eyes flicked to the ceiling. “I guess not. It was better, but—there were episodes, sure. Mom always took even small setbacks really hard. She put a hole in the drywall of her apartment with a frying pan when Shirley Foster broke up with her, then she was really down for a couple of weeks—”

“A couple of months, more like,” Paulette broke in.

Mallory rocked back in her chair. “Was I really that oblivious?”

“No, honey, you weren’t,” Paulette rubbed her chin thoughtfully. “Your mom didn’t want you to see, is all. Maybe I should have clued you in on this long ago, but the number of times she was at my place, crying about this or that, or sometimes just crying—it was a lot. She was hiding the hurt from you, because she felt like she’d already messed up pretty bad when you were little. I tried talking her into getting into therapy, but she never would listen. I guess maybe if I’d told you about it, we could’ve ganged up on her and done one of those intervention thingies. I’m more to blame than you.”

“It never lasted this long, though,” Mallory protested. “Mom would be down, then things would seem normal—at least to me—then something good would happen and she’d be on Cloud Nine for awhile. But this has been going on for over three years, Grandma.”

“Ever since she split with Katerina, yup.”

Julie and Mallory shared a wide-eyed glance. “Whoa,” said Julie. “You mean Katerina Jorgenson? The Katerina she went to tech school with?”

“Yup,” said Paulette, “that Katerina.”

Mallory fixed her gaze on her grandmother’s placid face. “She never told me she was dating Katerina.”

“Didn’t she? That’s interesting. It was right after Katerina broke it off with that girl Tracy. There was a thing with your mom for—I dunno—maybe six months. Then they split, and I’m pretty sure Katerina is the one who pulled the plug.”

“I’ll be damned,” said Mallory. “She never breathed a word to me.”

“I’ll tell you what’s going on,” said Paulette, in the same measured tone she’d maintained throughout the conversation. “Your mom’s got a problem already—big highs, deep lows. There’s a word—”

“Manic-depressive,” Julie supplied. “Maybe bipolar. Jesus.”

“Yeah, that. Anyhow—she’s damn near fifty, getting close to her cycles ending, or maybe it’s already happened. Still single. Wouldn’t surprise me if the mood-swingy thing has something to do with that. Plus, she’s got a steady job, but hasn’t had much luck climbing the ladder. Most of her old school friends are supervisors or engineers, and she’s still just tech staff. I reckon she’s been feeling pretty down on herself these past few years. She won’t talk about it—and believe me, I’ve tried.”

“So—” Mallory hesitated, collecting her thoughts. “You’re thinking it’s a midlife crisis, on top of untreated clinical depression.”

“Pretty much that, yep.”

Julie rubbed her chin thoughtfully. “Didn’t you say she used to come talk to you when she was in a down phase, back when Mal still lived at home?”

“Cry on my shoulder more than talk, but yeah.”

“And now she’s keeping you at arms length,” Julie persisted. “Is there maybe someone else she’s going to?”

Paulette shook her head. “I doubt it. I’m thinking that after Katerina, your mother decided she’ll get hurt less if she just keeps everyone away.”

Julie was shaking her head. “That’s exactly the kind of thing that leads to some very not-good shit. Maybe we should be thinking about some kind of intervention.”

“First of all,” said Paulette, leaning forward and lacing her hands together on the table, “without an official diagnosis, we’re just guessing here. Second, if someone does decide to step in, neither one of you ought to be anywhere near when it happens.”

“But–but why not?” Mallory protested. “I’m her daughter, for Christ’s sake!”

Paulette’s expression didn’t change, but she held her hands up in a placating gesture. “Easy, pumpkin. And listen. We mostly kept it hid from you, but I’ve been dealing with this for a long damn time. If I’m right about what’s going on here—and I think I am—you’re gonna be salt in the wound for her. You’re everything your mom wanted to be at your age, and everything she regrets not becoming. Top of your working game, solid relationship—”

Mallory’s face set. “You do know how that sounds, don’t you?”

“Oh, I know it. You’re supposed to be happy if your kids do better than you—means you did something right, for one thing. And most likely she’d feel that way, if her head was on straight. But it’s not. She’s sick, sweetie. I’ve known that for a long time. I just never did know what to do about it.”

“If you’re telling me I should just sit on this and do nothing,” said Mallory, “I’m not sure I can.”

“I don’t think that’s what’s being said, exactly,” said Julie, “but we’ve been down this road before, Mal. Remember Janey Smith, from college? The one everyone called Iowa? We all tried to be there for her, and nothing changed until her boyfriend left and took the kid with him. A person has to want help. Maybe all we can do right now is be a little more regular about staying in touch with her, and be ready to help if we see a window.”

“Go tell her about your impending little stranger,” said Paulette. “You’re about to make her a grandma; that’s a big deal right there. Maybe it’ll give her something to fight for.”

***

Four shots rang out in rapid succession, reduced to dull thuds by large earmuffs adorning the heads of the two women, sole occupants of the downtown Minneapolis indoor firing range this sunny Saturday afternoon. Realizing her hand was drifting, Nettie paused, readjusted, and let off five more rounds, emptying the last of the Glock’s fifteen-round clip.

Lowering the weapon, she turned to face Bridgett, stifling a grin. The muffs, Nettie decided, made the DEA agent look like an anime Princess Leia. Tugging the earmuffs from her head with one hand, Bridgett used the other to press the button activating the carrier system that transported the cardboard human head and torso from downfield to the firing line.

As the target traversed the thirty yard distance, Nettie thumbed the safety, extracted the clip, and visually verified there wasn’t a round in the chamber. Only then did she put the pistol on the shelf to her right. Bridgett, who had spent half an hour drilling her on this procedure, nodded her approval.

Nettie doffed her muffs, then joined Bridgett in her examination of the target. The DEA agent folded her arms, eyeballing the faux bad guy critically. Nettie counted her holes, then made a face.

“Sucks, doesn’t it?” she lamented sourly.

Pursing her lips, Bridgett shook her head. “Six hits in the torso kill zone. One in the head—I know that’s not where you were aiming, but it still counts. Two more that hit somewhere on the target. Out of fifteen rounds, that’s not bad at all for thirty yards. I’d have done better, but I’ve been doing this for a minute or two.”

Nettie shrugged. “Thirty yards doesn’t seem like a lot.”

“It is with a handgun. We qualify at twenty-five.”

“That doesn’t sound like anywhere near enough.”

Bridgett shook her head. “Stop thinking in terms of rifles and deer hunting. Most of the time, if we have to use our guns, longer ranges are out of the question. Too much risk of hitting bystanders. If you have to engage, it’ll be closer than you think. The big trick is just to anticipate the need, and have the weapon out before you have to use it.”

“I’ll have to practice my quick draw,” said Nettie with a grin.

Bridgett let out a single laugh. “Don’t let old westerns get into your head. A quick draw looks cool, but if you’re bringing the weapon up that fast and letting off a round, it means you’re not aiming. Anyway, you’ll be using a shoulder holster, so the weapon isn’t visible.” Loosening the single button, she opened her black blazer to reveal the handgun holstered on her left side.

“No quick draws with these,” she went on. “But so what? This way nobody even knows it’s there until you pull it, and once it’s out and level, you can do all the shooting you want.”

“Bridgett—” Nettie let out a heavy sigh. “Is all this really necessary?”

The agent fixed her with an incredulous stare. “You’re going to be questioning the family of a serial murderer regarding a recently committed crime with an unknown perp who’s still at large. You’re goddamn right it’s necessary.”

“So—you actually want me to take one of these when I go to Iowa to interview Melissa Brentshaw? It’s not even legal. I’m not an agent, and I don’t have a permit to carry.”

Bridgett looked down at her feet, lips pursed. Then she pivoted on her heel, pulling open the zipper of a large faux snakeskin tote bag on the metal shelf next to the Glock. “Yes, you do.” Dipping her hand into the bag, she came up with a shiny black portfolio folder, from which she extracted a piece of stiff paper embossed with an elegant border and calligraphy print.

“Here’s your completion certificate for the firearms safety course my friend Alfred Tator taught last month. If asked, he’ll say you were a model student.” Nettie took it wordlessly, her mouth hanging open.

Bridgett pulled out a pair of wallet-sized laminated cards. “Permits for concealed carry. One for Minnesota, another for Iowa. If you need to add more states, give me a shout.”

“But—”

“Your permit applications are on file with the appropriate agencies. All suitably backdated, of course.”

“How the hell—?”

“Let’s just say I know people. We can further stipulate that some of them owe me favors.” Bridgett rummaged around in the bag again, coming up this time with a black leather shoulder holster with cloth straps. She held it up by the shoulder straps for closer inspection.

“Gun on the left, two clips on the right,” she said. “If the weapon already has a clip in it that gives you forty-five rounds, and if you need more than that, you’ve got bigger problems than an ammo shortage.” Nettie took it from her, looking dazed.

Bridgett plunged her hands into the bag once more, coming up with two clips in her right, one in her left. She placed them on the metal shelf next to the pistol.

“Those are all full,” she went on, dipping into the bag one final time, coming up with two boxes of nine millimeter ammunition. “And this will give you enough to refill the clip you just emptied, with a shitload left over. You have a total of four clips. And finally—” she picked up the Glock, handing it to Nettie butt-first.

“Merry very early Christmas. This is a Glock 19, and I just picked it up brand-new yesterday. Compact, easy to handle, takes ammunition that’s readily available, and you’re already doing pretty well with it. I’ll email you some links; there are great YouTube videos on the care and feeding of these things. Also some places to shop that sell clothing designed to conceal this stuff without leaving a bulge. Get yourself a couple of blazers.”

“I—I don’t know what to say.”

“Don’t say anything. This is at least fifty percent about helping me sleep a little better, knowing you’re out there pursuing this case. Just promise me you’ll practice, that you’ll carry it, and that you won’t pull the trigger unless you’re absolutely sure of your target. Can you do that, Agent Hastings?”

Nettie met Bridgett’s eyes. “Yeah. I can do that. Thanks, Bridgett.”

“My pleasure. One thing though: if you’re carrying, you need to have your concealed carry permit on your person. Otherwise you’re illegal. Ready to get out of here?”

“Yeah.” Nettie began gathering up her things.

“You know,” Bridgett mused, stuffing her earmuffs into what was now a much lighter tote bag, “I’m almost sorry you have a girlfriend. The range always gets me in the mood.”

Nettie rolled her eyes. “We’re on your home turf. Are you telling me there’s nobody you can call?”

Bridgett turned to Nettie with a glint in her eye. “There just might be at that.”

***

Same restaurant, same corner booth. Mom was even wearing the same damn gold hoop earrings, and had just placed an order for the exact same chicken fettuccine. The only difference, Mallory reflected, is that this time she had her partner at her side. Oh, and I also happen to be just a wee bit more preggers than I was last time. 

Mallory had tried to arrange a meeting in a more private setting, but her mom had adroitly sidestepped, and they’d ended up right back at Longtrees. At the dinner hour this time around, which meant the place was much more packed than the last time she’d been there. So I can’t count my differences today. Big deal.

As the chipper, pretty young waitress walked away with their menus, Sharon Kalvornek gazed across the table at her daughter, wearing a smile that Mallory wasn’t buying at all.

“So!” said Sharon, clapping her hands together. “Now that we’ve ordered, what’s the big news?”

Julie and Mallory shared a look. Julie gave a helpless shrug. Your call, Mallory.

Mallory took a deep breath. “I’m pregnant.”

Sharon froze, her glass of wine halting only inches from her lips. “Come again?”

Mallory gave a wan smile. “Pregnant. Knocked up. Bun in the oven. Up the duff, if you’re British.”

“But—” Sharon set her glass down, red wine sloshing over the sides. She looked as if she’d been slapped. “You’re pregnant?!” Her voice had gone up half an octave in pitch. Several heads turned at neighboring tables.

Mallory rolled her eyes. “Dial it back, Mom. This is why I wanted to meet someplace a bit less public.”

The slapped expression remained on her face, but Sharon did manage to reign in her tone. “Well, I didn’t think you were going to tell me something like—pregnant? How did it happen?”

“Unless I’m a test tube baby,” said Mallory, trying to sound playful rather than sarcastic, “exactly the same way you got pregnant with me.”

Julie lifted her hand to her mouth to hide a smile. Sharon, however, looked less than amused. “I seem to recall,” she said stiffly, “that you’re in a relationship with the young lady sitting next to you. Don’t tell me she’s the one who got you this way.”

Julie laughed out loud, tipping her head towards Sharon. “Your mom asked me how I pulled it off.”

Finally, the ghost of a smile touched Sharon’s lips. “Yes, she would ask that.” The smile disappeared, her lips thinning to a flat line. “None of which answers my question.”

Despite her best intentions, Mallory realized she was getting mad. No matter what else was going on, her mother had no right to behave this way. Choking back her irritation, she soldiered forward. “You didn’t really ask one, Mom. Look—Julie is sitting right here next to me, giggling at my lame-ass jokes. If I’d done anything behind her back, this would probably look a little bit different.”

“So—this was planned, then?”

“No, Sharon, it wasn’t planned,” said Julie. “But Mal does have occasional one-offs with guys, and not behind my back. The baby was an oopsie.”

Sharon nodded. Her eyes had softened, but her mouth was still set in a firm line. “I see. Am I allowed to ask who the father is, and what you’re planning to do?”

Julie grinned. “Ever seen The Angira Conspiracy? Or Snakeskin Overshoes?”

Sharon’s eyebrows lifted. “No, but I’ve read the novels. Terrance Wilder—he’s one of my favorite authors. He—”

“He’s also the father of your grandchild,” said Julie. Her grin got bigger. “I guess that makes Mal kind of a groupie, doesn’t it?”

Malllory smacked Julie on the shoulder, but with a smile. “Terry lives up in Bronning now; he’s a friend of Nettie’s. I met him early last month and—well—”

“Yes, I get the picture, thank you.” Sharon frowned. “Wait a minute—he made the news a few months back—his daughter got shot, and he got kidnapped, isn’t that right? By his ex-wife?”

“Yup,” said Mallory. “Nettie saved his daughter’s life, apparently. The girl’s doing well; she cooked us dinner when we were up there last time.” She shared a sidelong glance with Julie, both of them basking in the memory of having shared a lot more with Halee Wilder than food.

Sharon was nodding. “Sure. I remember seeing the news, and wondering what someone like that would be doing living in Bronning. It’s been a long time since he’s had a new book. Do you know if he’s working on anything?”

Mallory shook her head. “I have no idea about that.”

Sharon gave her head a rapid shake, as if to clear it. “You still haven’t told me what you’re planning to do.”

“I’m going to have it, and keep it. We’re still trying to figure out how we’re going to make it work so it’s fair to both me and Terry. We’re both agreed that whatever we decide has to put the kid’s needs first, but that’s about as far as we’ve gotten.”

The waitress chose that moment to arrive with their food. Plates were passed around the table; Julie asked for a little hot sauce. The leggy brunette favored her with a warm smile and promised to be right back with that.

“Look at that ass,” said Julie soto voce, as the jeans-clad buttocks in question sashayed back in the direction of the kitchen.

“Believe me, I’m looking,” Mallory intoned, also keeping her voice low.

Sharon stole a quick glance over her shoulder, then turned back wearing her first genuine smile of the evening. Julie, Mallory realized, had done that on purpose, rekindling a game the three of them had played whenever Sharon took them shopping during their middle school and early high school days.

“Nice piece,” Sharon murmured. “Julie gets first sighting on that one. She won’t get the drop on me again, though.” As Sharon turned back to her first bite of fettuccine, Mallory tossed her partner a grateful smile.

***

Patty Spisak strode along Douglas Avenue, making a conscious effort to keep her shoulders back, head high. A long habit of scurrying around hunched over and staring at her feet was brutally hard to break, but she’d been working with her therapist on this. It was more a mental habit than a physical one, the cruel manifestation of a crippling inferiority complex. You can meet the world head-on, she continued to remind herself as she walked. You’re as good as everyone else walking around out here. 

As she passed Cory Stitch, owner of Stitch Bait and Tackle, she not only met his eye, but actually managed to coax forth a smile. True, it was timid and fleeting, but still a genuine smile. Stitch tipped her a slight nod as he passed. “Afternoon, Patty.”

Patty opened her mouth to reply, but nothing came out. Just as well—the barrel-chested, scruffy-bearded man was now behind her, and hadn’t noticed her moment of awkwardness. Cory Stitch would never know what a triumph it had been for her to look him in the eye and smile, earning a greeting in return. “Big win for Patty today,” she murmured under her breath. “Not as big as the other night, though!”

Her cheeks flushed, and she felt warm and tingly all over as her mind turned to that incredible evening with Vicky Hanson and Crissy Moen. Best night of my life, Patty told herself. She and Vicky had been texting back and forth since, just the two of them. There was something developing there, something that Crissy would not entirely be able to share in, but Patty thought that was okay. At the same time, the friendship between the three girls was deepening, and Patty loved how it felt to feel wanted rather than just tolerated.

Just now she was on her way to Crissy’s house, and from there they’d head over to Vicky’s. The plan was for the three of them to hike out to Lake Norman and go swimming. “My aunt and Vicky’s sister used to do the same thing,” Crissy had commented. “So this is kind of like—I dunno. The circle of life, right?” Vicky had rolled her eyes and swatted Crissy on the arm.

“Hey, Patty!” The voice shook her from her reverie. Looking to her right, she saw Sarah Spencer strolling in her direction across the city park, diverting course to skirt the playground equipment, then coming up alongside. Despite Patty’s feelings of ambivalence toward the girl, she had to admit the short brunette was stunning, her feminine attributes accentuated in all the right ways by a low-cut mauve tank and jewel-bedecked denim shorts.

“Where ya headed?” Sarah wanted to know, talking around a wad of gum she was chewing.

Patty felt a shiver course down her spine, and had to fight down a sudden impulse to make something up rather than admit where she was really going. Then her uneasiness turned to irritation, partly at herself for letting this girl intimidate her, partly at Sarah for going out of her way to intimidate anyone she perceived as weaker. I’m NOT weak, you bitch. She desperately wanted to believe that.

“To Crissy’s house,” she said, keeping her tone carefully neutral. “We’re going to meet up with Vicky and go swimming.” Sarah stopped in her tracks. Patty decided not to break stride, but was brought up short by Sarah’s hand on her arm. The grip was hard, fingertips digging into the muscle.

“Let go.” Patty yanked her arm from Sarah’s grip. “What’s wrong with you, anyway?” She hadn’t meant to say that last; it just popped out.

Sarah let out a short bark of laughter. “What’s wrong with me? What’s wrong with you? Crissy was my best friend since fucking elementary school, and all of a sudden Miss High Horse turns her back on me. Think she’s not gonna do the same with you, of all people?”

You of all people. Patty cringed at first; almost by reflex. See, you’re a loser, you’re not good enough, everyone knows it, even Crissy and Vicky are just pretending, they actually hate you hate you HATEYOU…

Then a hot jolt of anger surged through her gut. Pushing that evil inner voice aside, she drew herself to her full and considerable height, towering over Sarah. She advanced forward a step.

“Me of all people? Me of all people? That says everything about who you are, Sarah, and why Crissy doesn’t want you around anymore. What are you so, so bitter for, anyway? You’re pretty, you have friends, your parents have money—why do you have to cut down everyone who’s not like you?”

Patty realized she was almost yelling, her breath coming fast and hard. She recognized the onset of a panic attack, and knew she could head it off if she was quick enough. She forced her breathing to slow—in through the nose, out through the mouth, like she’d been taught.

Sarah was staring at Patty as if she’d never seen her before. Perhaps even a little frightened.  Patty wondered how she must appear to anyone in the vicinity, who only saw her looming over a smaller girl and shouting. Having always been intimidated by others, Patty marveled at the possibility that she had it in her to frighten anybody at all.

She backed off a step. “I’m sorry,” she said. “I didn’t mean to shout. But you’re not a nice person, Sarah. I hate to say that, but it’s true. You used to be, and maybe you will be again, but you’re not right now. And Crissy didn’t turn her back on you. She misses you—I’ve heard her say so. You could have her as your friend again, if you wanted. You don’t even have to stop being who you are, you just have to stop being—you know—whatever you’ve turned into.” She waved her hands vaguely in Sarah’s direction.

Sarah was frozen in place, still looking a bit fearful. Patty wondered what it was she’d unleashed here. “Did you know I used to look up to you?” she said. “That’s why I agreed with you when you were talking shit about Vicky at that sleepover, even though I didn’t really agree. Ever since, I couldn’t stop thinking about how mean you were to say those things—and how much I sucked for going along with it.”

She paused; heaved a deep sigh. “I wanted so bad to be like you, Sarah. You were always so cool and popular, and me—well, I’m autistic, so that means I never know what to say or how to respond to people. I’ve always felt worthless because of that.”

Something amazing was happening, Patty realized—getting all this off her chest was taming her panic attack right the hell down. She felt calm, poised, and a little sad. “I still hate myself sometimes, and I still feel worthless a lot, but I don’t want to be like you anymore. At least I’ve come that far. What I really hate myself for is that I was mean to Vicky, just because I wanted to impress you. Well, I’m not that person any more. If that’s the kind of thing you respect, if that’s what it’s gonna take to get you to like me, then fuck you, Sarah.”

“I—” Sarah’s eyes were narrowing, her face pinched, but she still couldn’t seem to form a reply.

“I’m going to go hang out with my friends now,” said Patty. “Because they like me enough to not care that I’m weird. And you know what? You could come, if you wanted. I think if you said you were sorry and meant it, Vicky would forgive you. I know Crissy would. We could all be friends. Know what else? I think you really are sorry. I think you don’t want to be this, this person you’ve turned into. I know what that’s like. What do you say? Come with me? Talk to Vicky and Crissy; make things right?”

Sarah’s mouth was working soundlessly. Then a sob escaped her lips, and tears spilled onto her face. Patty took a step forward, reaching out to draw Sarah into an embrace. But instead, Sarah flung out her hands, gripping Patty’s shoulders and shoving her back a step. “Fuck you, bitch,” she snapped. “You think you know everything. You don’t know shit. G-go to hell!” Whirling on her heel, she stomped off, breaking into a clumsy run after just a few steps.

Patty watched her go, feeling a bizarre combination of sadness and elation. The sadness was for Sarah, what she’d become, and her unwillingness to find a better way. She was also sorry to have frightened the girl, and hurt her feelings.

The elation was for herself, for the unprecedented courage she’d dredged up. “I did it,” she murmured. “I stood up for myself. I stood up for my friends. I said what I felt, and I don’t feel like a loser for doing it. Holy fuck, Patty. How cool is that?”

Setting her feet in the direction of Crissy’s house, Patty continued on her way. Her shoulders were set back, head held high, and not only was she not trying, she didn’t even notice.

When she passed Chiara Ness from the drugstore, Patty looked her right in the eye and beamed, her mood positively buoyant. Chiara smiled back.

On to Chapter Twenty-Four!

2
2
1